Contents Section: Seats All sections

Seat System Ford Taurus X I

Seats 160 illustrations ~49224 words

TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS TABLE

DescriptionNmLb-ftLb-in
Front Seat
Backrest frame-to-backrest latch bolts2518
Cushion frame-to-seat track bolt1089
Cushion frame-to-seat track nuts3324
Cushion-to-lower latch/backrest frame bolts3425
Power recliner mounting screws1089
Safety belt anchor nut3526
Safety belt buckle pretensioner nut5037
Seat rear mounting bolts4835
Seat-to-floor bolts4835
Side air bag module-to-backrest frame nuts1089
Side impact protection system (SIPS)-to-floor bolts4835
Rear Seat, Taurus and Sable
Armrest-to-bracket bolt2317
Backrest bracket-to-floor stud nuts4835
Backrest latch-to-backrest frame bolts2317
Backrest striker-to-package tray bolts2317
Side bolster lower retaining nut871
Rear Seat, Taurus X, Second Row
Backrest pivot bolt2317
Cushion frame-to-riser/seat track nuts, 40 percent seat2317
Cushion frame-to-riser bolts, 60 percent seat2317
Cushion frame-to-riser nuts, 60 percent seat2317
Cushion frame yoke-to-inboard recliner bolt, 60 percent seat5037
Cushion frame yoke-to-riser bolt, 60 percent seat5037
Floor studs2821
Inner safety belt guide bolts2317
Latch foot bolts5037
Recliner-to-backrest bolts5037
Recliner-to-cushion frame bolts5037
RH recliner-to-backrest bolts, 60 percent seat5037
Riser/seat track-to-floor bolts a
Riser/seat track-to-floor nuts a
Safety belt buckle and safety belt anchor assembly-to-inboard recliner bolt, 60 percent seat4835
Safety belt buckle bolt3727
Safety belt retractor bolt3727
Striker-to-floor bolts (M10)4835
Striker-to-floor bolts (M12)8059
Rear Seat, Taurus X, Third Row
Backrest latch-to-backrest frame bolts5037
Backrest latch-to-cushion frame bolts5037
Cushion floor striker-to-floor pan bolts2317
Cushion frame-to-pivot tube assembly bolts5037
Floor latch bolts2317
Load floor support-to-floor pan nuts1813
Pivot bolt, 50 percent seat2317
Safety belt buckle bolt3727
Seat mounting bracket-to-floor bolts8059

TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS TABLE

a Refer to the procedure in this article.

Front Seats

The front seats can be equipped with the following systems

  1. Manual seat tracks
  2. Power seat tracks (2-way and 6-way)
  3. Manual recliner
  4. Power recliner
  5. Passenger seat fold-flat load floor
  6. Manual lumbar adjust
  7. Heated seats
  8. Memory driver seat
  9. Seat side air bags
  10. Occupant classification sensor (OCS) system on passenger seat

Driver Seat Module - Memory Seat

Note. The memory seat track position sensors are integral to the memory seat track motors. The memory seat track motor electrical connectors will connect to a seat track without the memory option. Make sure the correct seat track is being installed.

The power driver seat, power outside rear view mirrors and power adjustable pedals (if equipped) are controlled by the driver seat module (DSM) if the vehicle is equipped with the programmable/recall memory option. The DSM is located underneath the driver seat.

This system allows automatic positioning of the driver seat, power outside rear view mirrors and power adjustable pedals (if equipped) to 2 programmable positions. Memory positions can be stored at any time. A memory recall can be initiated only if the vehicle is in PARK or NEUTRAL gear and the ignition switch is not in START. A memory recall in progress will not be affected by moving the ignition switch to START or by moving the gearshift lever out of PARK or NEUTRAL. For information on programming memory positions or recalling a stored memory position, refer to Memory Position Programming .

Easy Entry/Easy Exit

The memory driver seat easy entry/exit feature moves the seat slightly rearward for easier exit from the vehicle and returns the seat forward after entry. The easy entry/exit feature can be enabled/disabled using the selections on the message center. Refer to Principles of Operation in this article or the Owner's Literature.

Front Heated Seats

This system allows the electrical heating of the front seats on passenger demand.

The components of the system are

  1. the seat heater mats located in the front seat cushions and backrests.
  2. the heated seat module located underneath the front passenger seat.
  3. the driver and passenger front heated seat switches, located on the climate control assembly.
  4. the temperature sensors, located in the seat cushion heater mats.

Power Recliner

The driver and passenger front seat can be equipped with electro-mechanical backrest adjusters. The backrest adjustment switch is located on the side of the seat cushion side shield and is part of the seat control switch. The recliner assembly is mounted to the seat cushion frame and backrest latch assembly.

Manual Lumbar

The manual front seat backrest lumbar and handle is mounted to the side of the seat backrest frame. The manual lumbar actuator rotates, pulling a cable, to move the backrest lumbar in or out.

Seat Side Air Bag

WARNINGFront seat backrest trim covers installed on seats equipped with seat side air bags cannot be repaired. A new trim cover must be installed. Cleaning is permissible. Failure to follow these instructions may result in the seat side air bag module deploying incorrectly and increase the risk of serious personal injury or death in a crash.

Note. If a side air bag deployment took place, a new seat back pad, trim cover and side air bag module and nuts must be installed. A new seat back frame should be installed if necessary.

The driver and passenger seat side air bags are attached to the seat backrest frame. If a seat side air bag deployment has occurred or for more information, refer to the appropriate procedure in SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM article.

Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioners

As part of the supplemental restraint system (SRS), the driver and passenger front seat safety belt buckles are equipped with pretensioners. The safety belt buckle pretensioner assemblies are attached to the seat tracks. The safety belt buckle pretensioners remove excess slack from the safety belt webbing and are activated by the restraints control module (RCM) when the module detects a collision event force exceeding a programmed limit. For information or if a deployment has occurred, refer to the appropriate procedure in SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM article.

Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) System

CAUTIONIt is necessary to carry out the occupant classification sensor (OCS) system reset when a front passenger seat cushion is disassembled, a new trim is cover installed or an OCS service kit is installed. A scan tool is used to carry out the OCS system reset command. Failure to follow this instruction may result in system failure and the incorrect operation of the OCS system.
CAUTIONMake sure the seat is completely assembled to prevent system failure before carrying out the occupant classification sensor (OCS) system reset active command.

Note. Occupant classification sensor (OCS) system components (seat cushion foam pad, bladder with pressure sensor and occupant classification system module [OCSM]) are calibrated to each other and are serviced as an assembly. The OCS system components are not to be installed separately. If a new OCS system, OCS system component or seat cushion foam pad are needed, a new OCS system service kit (seat cushion foam pad, bladder with pressure sensor, OCSM and seat wiring harness) must be installed as an assembly.

Note. To identify between a production OCS system and an OCS system service kit, inspect the OCSM electrical connector. A production OCS system allows the disconnection of the OCSM electrical connector. An OCSM system service kit has the electrical connector glued to the OCSM, it cannot and should not be disconnected or altered. An OCS system service kit also has an in-line connector between the OCSM and the seat wiring harness.

The OCS system is standard equipment on all front outboard passenger seats. For information on diagnosing or servicing the OCS system, refer to SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM article.

Taurus and Sable

These seats have a 60/40 split backrest. The 60 percent has a fold down armrest. Each backrest is held in place at the top with its own striker attached to the package tray sheet metal and a latch attached to each backrest frame.

Taurus X

There are 3 seating options for the second row: a 60/40 or a 40/40 and a power-fold 40/40. All seats will fold forward to ease entry to the third row of seating (E-Z entry). Each configuration's backrests will recline and fold flat. The manual 40/40 seats have an optional adjustable seat track in place of the stationary riser. The power-fold 40/40 seats are equipped with optional heated seat systems.

Power-fold Seats

The optional power-fold Taurus X seats have convenient power-fold seat control switches mounted in each rear quarter trim panel beside the seat backrest. When the power-fold seat control switch is depressed and held for a moment, an electro-mechanical motor releases that seat's recliners and latch feet, through a cable attachment. An assist spring in the backrest recliner folds the backrest to the fold-flat position and a spring assist strut folds the seat to the E-Z entry position. The seat must be manually returned to the seating position.

Rear Heated Seats

This system allows independent seat electrical heating of each rear power-fold seat on demand.

The components of the system are

  1. the seat heater mats located on the seat cushion and backrest.
  2. the heated seat module located underneath the front floor console.
  3. the heated seat switches, located on the floor console rear panel.
  4. temperature sensors, located in the seat cushion heater mats.

A new heater mat will come assembled on a new foam pad.

Third Row Seating

There are 2 seating options for the third row; a bench seat or 50/50 split bench seat is available. Both seats will fold flat into the floor, forming a load floor for carrying cargo.

Seats

Special Tools Illustration Tool Name Tool Number Fluke 73III Automotive Meter 105-R0057 or equivalent Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) software with appropriate hardware, or equivalent scan tool Flex Probe Kit 105-R025C or equivalent

Scheme 1

Scheme 1: Seats

Scheme 2

Scheme 2

Driver and Passenger Power Seats Without Memory

The driver power seat uses a 6-way power seat track and 3 electric motors directly controlled by a seat mounted 6-way seat control switch for horizontal (forward/rearward), front height and rear height adjustment. The passenger seat uses a 2-way seat track with a single electric motor and is directly controlled by a 2-way seat mounted seat control switch for horizontal adjustment. Both driver and passenger seats can also be equipped with a power recliner mechanism, which uses a single electric motor and is also directly controlled by an 8-way seat control switch (driver seat) or a 4-way seat control switch (passenger).

The driver and passenger power seat and power recliner motors are hard-wired to the seat control switch. The circuits are normally at ground through the seat control switch. An individual motor is switched to voltage and ground when a specific adjustment position is selected. The power seat feature operates independent of the ignition switch position.

Driver Power Seat With Memory

Note. A memory recall can be initiated only if the vehicle is in PARK or NEUTRAL gear and the ignition switch is not in START. A memory recall in progress will not be affected by moving the ignition switch to START or by moving the gearshift lever out of PARK or NEUTRAL.

Note. Verify good battery condition before diagnosing the memory seat system. Poor battery condition may interfere with memory seat operation, even if vehicle starting is possible.

The memory driver seat feature allows the driver to program a personalized seat position that can be recalled using the memory switch or a remote keyless entry (RKE) transmitter (if associated). There are 2 memory settings possible. The outside rear view mirror positions and power adjustable pedals position are also stored and recalled with the power driver seat positions. For information on programming memory positions or recalling a stored memory position, refer to Memory Position Programming .

The driver power seat is controlled by the driver seat module (DSM), if equipped. The DSM is located underneath the driver seat cushion frame. Programmable module installation (PMI) must be carried out when installing a new DSM. Refer to MODULE CONFIGURATION article. The DSM does not require calibration to the driver seat track.

The driver seat control switch provides voltage to the DSM when activated. The neutral position of each driver seat control switch position is a ground state through the seat control switch contacts. A voltage input causes the DSM to power the appropriate motor until the input is removed. Ground is the normal state of the motor circuits through the DSM and is not switched to control the motors. The DSM internally switches the appropriate circuit from ground to power for operating the motors.

As the seat is adjusted, the DSM constantly monitors the motor position sensors to record the current seat position. The DSM will remove power from the motor upon termination of the seat control switch input or if the DSM does not see movement from the motor by monitoring the position sensor.

The DSM has the ability for soft stops both at the upper and lower limits on all axis of the driver seat. When an axis reaches the hard stop and the switch is held for approximately one second it will then back up 180 msec and establish the soft stop for that axis in that direction. The DSM uses this 'back up' strategy to check sensor integrity any time movement has stopped prematurely due to a sensor failure or obstruction.

The DSM communicates DTC and other information using the medium-speed controller area network (MS-CAN) communication bus. It should be noted for diagnostics that because controller area network (CAN) bus communication is more robust and reliable than other methods, it may be possible to have limited module communication with one of the CAN bus circuits disconnected or shorted to ground. Refer to MODULE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article for additional information concerning MS-CAN bus communication.

This article only diagnoses concerns specific to the memory seat. To diagnose a memory power mirror concern, refer to REAR VIEW MIRRORS article. To diagnose a power adjustable pedal concern, refer to BRAKE SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION article.

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Transmitter

A remote keyless entry (RKE) transmitter can be used to recall previously set memory positions but must first be associated to that memory position. The transmitter associated with personality 1 is capable of recalling memory position 1 only. Similarly, the associated personality 2 transmitter can recall only memory position 2. Up to 8 RKE transmitters can be associated for memory position recall.

Memory recall occurs when the unlock switch is depressed on the RKE transmitter if it has been associated with a memory position. The second depression of the unlock switch, which unlocks passenger doors, does not initiate a memory recall.

A memory recall in progress does not prohibit the initiation of another memory recall; the most recently requested memory recall will be executed.

To associate a remote transmitter to a memory position, refer to Remote Keyless Entry Transmitter Programming in HANDLES, LOCKS, LATCHES AND ENTRY SYSTEMS article. To diagnose a RKE transmitter concern, refer to HANDLES, LOCKS, LATCHES AND ENTRY SYSTEMS article.

Easy Entry/Exit Feature

The easy entry/exit feature moves the seat backwards about 2 inches when the ignition key is removed from the ignition switch. The DSM receives a key out command over the MS-CAN communication network and powers the driver seat rearward. This function will not operate if the seat is less than the travel distance to the end of the track or the function has been disabled. The DSM will also cancel this operation if a valid input command is received, such as the seat control switch or memory recall request.

The DSM will record the current seat position before powering the seat for an easy exit operation. This recorded position will be used to return the seat to this position on the easy entry operation. During easy entry operation, the seat is returned to the position previous to the easy exit operation. Easy entry operation will be cancelled if a valid input command is received by the DSM.

The easy entry/exit feature can be disabled and enabled by selecting easy entry on the message center display with the setup control button and pressing the reset control to select on or off from the display menu. Refer to driver controls in the Owner's Literature for additional instructions for using the message center.

Heated Seats - Front

Note. Do not install a new heater mat on a front passenger seat cushion. If a new cushion heater mat is needed on the front passenger seat, an occupant classification sensor (OCS) service kit equipped with a heater mat must be installed. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect operation of the OCS system. Refer to SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM article for the OCS removal and installation procedure.

The heated seat system is controlled by the heated seat module located underneath the front passenger seat cushion. The heated seat switches are part of the HVAC module but the heated seat system operates independently from the climate control system. The heated seat module supplies voltage to heater mats located in the seat cushion and backrest to heat the seat. The heated seat module regulates seat temperature by monitoring resistance of a thermistor type thermostat located in the cushion heater mat. The heated seat module is designed to remain on, heating the seat and maintaining temperature until switched off or a 10-minute time-out period occurs.

Normal heat cycle may require several minutes to initially warm the seat. The seat should be occupied to correctly test for normal operation. Temperature measuring devices do not provide an accurate method for testing heated seat operation as surface temperatures are subject to human and environmental characteristics. Correct testing requires heater mat resistance measurements which have tight tolerances affecting the length of time for the heater mats to reach maximum operating temperature.

The heated seat module monitors the heater output and thermistor circuits for fault detection but does not report DTCs and is not connected to the communication bus circuits. If an open circuit or short to ground occurs, the output is disabled to the heater mats and the heated seat indicators turn off. When a fault is detected the heated seat module only disables the affected seat and the other seat will continue to operate normally. While disabled, the heated seat indicators will flash once with each button press and the heated seat cannot be operated until the system is repaired. After the repair is made, the ignition must be cycled OFF to reset the heated seat module from the detected fault.

Heated Seats - Rear (Taurus X)

Rear heated seats are controlled by a heated seat module and heated seat switches located in the front console. When a heated seat switch is pressed and ignition ON, a momentary ground signal is sent to the heated seat module. The heated seat module then supplies voltage to the heater circuit. The seat cushion and backrest heater mats are wired in series. The heated seat module monitors inputs from a temperature sensor, located in each seat's cushion heater mat and maintains seat temperature by cycling the heater output as necessary to maintain the setpoint temperature. The heated seat module also outputs voltage to the appropriate indicator circuit in the heated seat switch indicating the system is on. The heated seat module remains on until the heated seat switch is pressed a second time in that mode or the ignition switch is cycled OFF.

If a fault is detected by the heated seat module, the module will stop supplying power to that individual left or right seat as well as the switch indicator on which that fault was detected. The faults detected will be: a heater feed circuit short to battery, ground or open; sensor circuit short to battery or open; heated seat switch stuck closed to ground or heated seat switch low and high inputs shorted together. To reset the module, cycle the ignition switch OFF and then ON. After the heated seat module has been reset, the module will return to an off state. The heated seat module does not report DTCs and does not communicate on any communication network.

Second Row Power-Fold Seat (Taurus X)

Note. The smart junction box (SJB) may also be identified as generic electronic module (GEM).

For the second row power-fold seat to operate, voltage is supplied by the SJB to the power-fold seat relay, enabling the seats to then be moved by pressing the second row power-fold seat switch.

The power-fold seat relay will be provided voltage on the coil side from the SJB for 30 minutes when the transmission selector is in PARK, and the liftgate, or liftgate glass, is open. The voltage will be disabled 30 minutes after turning the vehicle OFF. If the relay is disabled after 30 minutes, it can be enabled by opening any door, pressing the unlock key on the key fob, pressing any keyless keypad button or turning the ignition key.

The second row power-fold seat motor retracts a cable to release the backrest recliner latches and allows the backrest assist spring to fold the backrest forward onto the seat cushion. The power-fold seat motor continues to retract to release the seat-to floor latches and allows the spring assist strut to lift and tumble the seat forward to the E-Z entry position for 3rd row seat access. Immediately after the seat is fully released, the power-fold seat motor returns the release cable and latches to a relaxed state, ready for manual latching. To return to a seating position, the seat must be manually latched to the floor and the backrest must be manually latched upright.

Second Row 60/40 Percent E-Z Entry Seats (Taurus X)

Note. The backrest must be folded flat (fully downward) before the floor latches can be released. Make sure there are no objects on the seat before lowering the backrest(s). Failure to follow this instruction may cause damage or incorrect operation of the seat.

The 60/40 E-Z entry seats have the following 3 functional positions

  1. Backrest fold-flat
  2. E-Z entry (fold-forward position for third row access)
  3. Upright

For backrest fold-flat position, lower the head restraint, pull the release strap or recliner handle up and fold the backrest fully downward. To return upright (seating position), pivot and raise the backrest toward the rear of the vehicle until locked upright (vertical) for occupancy.

For E-Z entry, move the backrest to the fold-flat position and pull the release strap or recliner handle a second time to release the floor latches. Turn the recliner handle or pull the third row occupant release strap a second time until the seat releases from the latch strikers. Lift up on the rear of the seat, pivoting it forward, away from the third row seats and up to the E-Z entry position. To return the seat, push the rear of the seat down with moderate force to latch the seat to the strikers. Make sure the seat is latched to the strikers by lifting up on the rear of the seat. Lift and pivot the top of the backrest toward the rear of the vehicle, rotating the backrest until you hear a click, locking it in the upright (vertical) position. Make sure the seat backrest is locked in position.

For access to the third row seats through the rear doors, fold the seat up out of the way (E-Z entry position), after the backrest has been folded down. To release the latch feet from the strikers and position the seat to the E-Z entry position, the backrest must be folded forward and all the way down. Remove anything between the backrest and cushion that may prevent the backrest from folding all the way down.

Inspection and Verification

  1. Verify the customer concern.
  2. Visually inspect for obvious signs of mechanical and electrical damage. VISUAL INSPECTION CHART Mechanical Electrical Switch(es) Seat tracks obstructed or damaged Lumbar assembly damaged Power/manual recliner assembly damaged Battery junction box (BJB) fuse(s): 32 (30A) (driver power seat or memory seat) 21 (30A) (passenger power seat) 22 (20A) (front heated seat module) 5 (20A) (rear heated seat module) Smart junction box (SJB) fuse(s): 25 (10A) (demand lamps, battery saver, second row power-fold seats) 18 (20A) (second row power-fold seats) 35 (10A) (front and rear heated seat modules) 12 (7.5A) (memory seat) 5 (10A) (second row power-fold seats relay enable) Circuitry Loose or corroded connector(s) Seat control switch Memory SET switch Power seat motor (seat track) Power recliner motor (power recliner assembly) Power-fold seat relay(s) Heater mat (damaged seat coverings or foam pad) Heated seat module Driver seat module (DSM) HVAC
  3. If an obvious cause for an observed or reported concern is found, correct the cause (if possible) before proceeding to the next step.
  4. If the concern is with the power seat (non-memory seat) or climate controlled seat and the cause is not visually evident, verify the symptom and Go to «Symptom Chart»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
  5. If the concern is with the memory seat and the cause is not visually evident, connect the scan tool to the data link connector (DLC).
  6. If the scan tool does not communicate with the VCM: check the VCM connection to the vehicle. check the scan tool connection to the VCM. refer to «MODULE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/communication-devices/#module-communications-network-system) article, No Power To The Scan Tool, to diagnose no communication with the scan tool.
  7. If the scan tool does not communicate with the vehicle: verify the ignition key is in the ON position. verify the scan tool operation with a known good vehicle. refer to «MODULE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/communication-devices/#module-communications-network-system) article to diagnose no response from the PCM.
  8. Carry out the network test. If the scan tool responds with no communication for one or more modules, refer to «MODULE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/communication-devices/#module-communications-network-system) article. If the network test passes, retrieve and record continuous memory DTCs.
  9. Clear the continuous DTCs and carry out the self-test diagnostics for the driver seat module (DSM).
  10. If the DTCs retrieved are related to the concern, go to «Driver Seat Module (DSM) DTC Table»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__driver-seat-module-dsm-dtc-table) . For all other DTCs, refer to «MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/communication-devices/#multifunction-electronic-modules-system) article.
  11. If no DTCs related to the concern are retrieved, go to «Symptom Chart»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .

Driver Seat Module (DSM) DTC Table

Note. Only the memory seating system related DTCs are listed. For all other DTCs, refer to MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES article.

DTCDescriptionRetrievedAction
B1342ECU is FaultedOn-Demand and ContinuousINSTALL a new DSM and CARRY OUT programmable module installation (PMI). REFER to MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES article.
B1530Memory SET Switch Circuit Short to GroundOn-Demand and ContinuousGo to Pinpoint Test L .
B1534Memory 1 Switch Circuit Short to GroundOn-Demand and ContinuousGo to Pinpoint Test L .
B1538Memory 2 Switch Circuit Short to GroundOn-Demand and ContinuousGo to Pinpoint Test L .
B1663Seat Driver Front Up/Down Motor StalledOn-DemandIf the motor does not operate, go to Pinpoint Test K . If motor operates, go to Pinpoint Test L .
B1664Seat Driver Rear Up/Down Motor StalledOn-DemandIf the motor does not operate, go to Pinpoint Test K . If motor operates, go to Pinpoint Test L .
B1665Seat Driver Forward/Backward Motor StalledOn-DemandIf the motor does not operate, go to Pinpoint Test K . If motor operates, go to Pinpoint Test L .
B1666Seat Driver Recline Motor StalledOn-DemandIf the motor does not operate, go to Pinpoint Test K . If motor operates, go to Pinpoint Test L .
B1703Seat Driver Recline Forward Switch Circuit Short to BatteryOn-Demand and ContinuousGo to Pinpoint Test K .
B1707Seat Driver Recline Rearward Switch Circuit Short to BatteryOn-Demand and ContinuousGo to Pinpoint Test K .
B1711Seat Driver Front Up Switch Circuit Short to BatteryOn-Demand and ContinuousGo to Pinpoint Test K .
B1715Seat Driver Front Down Switch Circuit Short to BatteryOn-Demand and ContinuousGo to Pinpoint Test K .
B1719Seat Driver Forward Switch Circuit Short to BatteryOn-Demand and ContinuousGo to Pinpoint Test K .
B1723Seat Driver Rearward Switch Circuit Short to BatteryOn-Demand and ContinuousGo to Pinpoint Test K .
B1727Seat Driver Rear Up Switch Circuit Short to BatteryOn-Demand and ContinuousGo to Pinpoint Test K .
B1731Seat Driver Rear Down Switch Circuit Short to BatteryOn-Demand and ContinuousGo to Pinpoint Test K .
B1952Seat Rear Up/Down Position Feedback Circuit Short to BatteryOn-Demand and ContinuousGo to Pinpoint Test L .
B1953Seat Rear Up/Down Position Feedback Circuit Short to GroundOn-Demand and ContinuousGo to Pinpoint Test L .
B1956Seat Front Up/Down Position Feedback Circuit Short to BatteryOn-Demand and ContinuousGo to Pinpoint Test L .
B1957Seat Front Up/Down Position Feedback Circuit Short to GroundOn-Demand and ContinuousGo to Pinpoint Test L .
B1960Seat Recline Forward/Backward Position Feedback Circuit Short to BatteryOn-Demand and ContinuousGo to Pinpoint Test L .
B1961Seat Recline Forward/Backward Position Feedback Circuit Short to GroundOn-Demand and ContinuousGo to Pinpoint Test L .
B1964Seat Horizontal Forward/Rearward Position Feedback Circuit Short to BatteryOn-Demand and ContinuousGo to Pinpoint Test L .
B1965Seat Horizontal Forward/Rearward Position Feedback Circuit Short to GroundOn-Demand and ContinuousGo to Pinpoint Test L .
B2084Memory SET Indicator Short to GroundOn-Demand and ContinuousGo to Pinpoint Test L .
B2477Module Configuration FailureContinuousNOTE: This DTC indicates PMI has not been done to a newly installed module or configuration data has been lost. Presence of this DTC alone does not prevent basic seat operation from the seat control switch. CARRY OUT PMI on the DSM. REFER to MODULE CONFIGURATION article. REPEAT the self-test and VERIFY successful PMI. If PMI is successful, the DTC will not be present.
U0140Lost Communication With Body Control Module (GEM)ContinuousCLEAR the DTC. REPEAT the self-test. If the DTC is retrieved again, REFER to MODULE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article to diagnose the medium-speed communication area network (MS-CAN) concern.
U0155Lost Communication With Instrument Panel Cluster (IC) Control ModuleContinuousCLEAR the DTC. REPEAT the self-test. If the DTC is retrieved again, REFER to MODULE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article to diagnose the MS-CAN concern.
U2050Application Not PresentContinuousINSTALL a new driver seat module (DSM) and CARRY OUT PMI. REFER to MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES article. REPEAT the self-test.
All Other DTCsREFER to the Master DTC Table in MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES article.
NOTE
This DTC indicates PMI has not been done to a newly installed module or configuration data has been lost. Presence of this DTC alone does not prevent basic seat operation from the seat control switch.

Smart Junction Box (SJB) DTC Table

Note. The smart junction box (SJB) may also be identified as the generic electronic module (GEM).

DTCDescriptionRetrievedAction
B2794Third Row Power Fold Circuit FailureOn-Demand and ContinuousThis DTC does not apply to this vehicle. If the DTC is set, CHECK smart junction box (SJB) C2280c for damaged or shorted connector pins and REPAIR as needed. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs.
B2A2DThird Row Power Fold Circuit Short to GroundOn-Demand and ContinuousThis DTC does not apply to this vehicle. If the DTC is set, CHECK SJB C2280c for damaged or shorted connector pins and REPAIR as needed. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs.
All Other DTCsREFER to the Master DTC Table in MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES article.

Symptom Chart

ConditionPossible SourcesAction
No communication with the driver seat module (DSM)Fuse(s) Circuitry DSMREFER to MODULE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article.
No communication with the module - unable to carry out on-demand self test with the DSMFuse(s) Circuitry DSMREFER to MODULE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article.
The power seat is inoperative - driver, with power reclinerFuse Circuitry Seat control switchGo to Pinpoint Test A .
The power seat is inoperative - driver, without power reclinerFuse Circuitry Seat control switchGo to Pinpoint Test B .
The power seat is inoperative - passenger, with power reclinerFuse Circuitry Seat control switchGo to Pinpoint Test C .
The power seat is inoperative - passenger, without power reclinerFuse Circuitry Seat control switch Seat trackGo to Pinpoint Test D .
The power seat does not move horizontally/vertically/recline - driver, with power reclinerCircuitry Seat control switch Seat trackGo to Pinpoint Test E .
The power seat does not move horizontally/vertically - driver, without power reclinerCircuitry Seat control switch Seat trackGo to Pinpoint Test F .
The power seat does not move horizontally/recline - passengerCircuitry Seat control switch Seat trackGo to Pinpoint Test G .
The power seat moves but is noisySeat trackGo to Pinpoint Test H .
The power seat moves but is looseFastening hardware Seat trackGo to Pinpoint Test I .
The power seat does not make full travelTrack obstruction Seat trackGo to Pinpoint Test J .
The memory seat is inoperative/does not operate correctly - does not operate horizontally/vertically/reclineFuse Circuitry Seat control switch Seat track DSMGo to Pinpoint Test K .
The memory seat does not operate correctly - the seat moves in one-second intervalsCircuitry DSMCHECK for driver seat module DTCs and REFER to the Driver Seat Module (DSM) DTC Table .
The memory seat does not operate correctly - the seat does not move to the correct memory positionCircuitry Memory SET switch Seat track DSMCHECK for DSM DTCs and REFER to the Driver Seat Module (DSM) DTC Table .
The memory seat does not operate correctly - does not operate using the memory SET switchCircuitry Memory SET switch DSMGo to Pinpoint Test L .
The memory seat does not operate correctly - does not operate using the remote transmitterRemote keyless entry (RKE) transmitter is not correctly associated to a memory position Circuitry Keyless entry transmitter DSM Smart junction box (SJB)VERIFY the RKE transmitter is operating correctly and is associated to a memory position. REFER to Principles of Operation or the Owner's Literature for additional information on associating a RKE transmitter. For a RKE transmitter function concern, REFER to HANDLES, LOCKS, LATCHES AND ENTRY SYSTEMS article. RUN the DSM self-test and REFER to the Driver Seat Module (DSM) DTC Table to diagnose any DTCs retrieved.
A heated seat indicator does not illuminate - frontHVAC moduleKey OFF and DISASSEMBLE as necessary to disconnect the HVAC module electrical connectors. WAIT one minute to allow the system to reset and RECONNECT the electrical connectors. RETEST the system. If the heated seat indicator still does not illuminate, INSTALL a new HVAC module. REFER to CLIMATE CONTROL article. TEST the system for normal operation.
The heated seats are inoperative - driver and front passengerFuse Circuitry Heated seat moduleGo to Pinpoint Test M .
The heated seat is inoperative/does not operate correctly - driverCircuitry Heater mat Heated seat module HVAC moduleGo to Pinpoint Test N .
The heated seat is inoperative/does not operate correctly - front passengerCircuitry Heater mat Heated seat module HVAC moduleGo to Pinpoint Test O .
The heated seat does not operate correctly - driver seat does heat but the heated seat indicator does not illuminateCircuitry Heated seat module HVAC moduleGo to Pinpoint Test P .
The heated seat does not operate correctly - front passenger seat does heat but the heated seat indicator does not illuminateCircuitry Heated seat module HVAC moduleGo to Pinpoint Test Q .
The power seat is inoperative/does not operate correctly - second row, power-foldFuse(s) Circuitry Seat control switch Power-fold seat motor SJBGo to Pinpoint Test R .
The power seat is inoperative - second row, power-fold seat does not latch to the floorFuse Circuitry Power-fold seat motor SJBGo to Pinpoint Test S .
The heated seats are inoperative - rearFuse Circuitry Heated seat moduleGo to Pinpoint Test T .
The heated seat is inoperative/does not operate correctly - left rearCircuitry Heated seat switch Seat cushion heater mat Seat backrest heater mat Heated seat moduleGo to Pinpoint Test U .
The heated seat is inoperative/does not operate correctly - right rearCircuitry Heated seat switch Seat cushion heater mat Seat backrest heater mat Heated seat moduleGo to Pinpoint Test V .
The heated seat does not operate correctly - left rear seat does heat but the heated seat indicator does not illuminate when pressedWiring, terminals or connectors Heated seat switch Heated seat moduleGo to Pinpoint Test W .
The heated seat does not operate correctly - right rear seat does heat but the heated seat indicator does not illuminate when pressedWiring, terminals or connectors Heated seat switch Heated seat moduleGo to Pinpoint Test X .
The heated seat does not operate correctly - left rear seat does heat but the heated seat indicator is on all the timeWiring, terminals or connectors Heated seat moduleGo to Pinpoint Test Y .
The heated seat does not operate correctly - right rear seat does heat but the heated seat indicator is on all the timeWiring, terminals or connectors Heated seat moduleGo to Pinpoint Test Z .
Easy exit/easy entry is inoperative/does not operate correctlyCircuitry Key-in ignition switch Instrument cluster DSMGo to Pinpoint Test AA .
The seat backrest will not fold upright - second row, 60 percentSafety belt web stop button missing Inboard recliner Outboard reclinerGo to Pinpoint Test AB .
The seat backrest will not fold down - second row, 60 percentOutboard recliner Inboard recliner Recliner cable disconnected/damagedGo to Pinpoint Test AC .
The seat backrest will not fold down/fold upright - second row, 40 percent (RH or LH)Recliner cable disconnected/damaged ReclinerGo to Pinpoint Test AD .

Symptom Chart

Pinpoint Tests

Note. Use the correct probe adapter(s) when taking measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may damage the connector.

Note. Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

Refer to Inspection and Verification , the Driver Seat Module (DSM) DTC Table and Symptom Chart for direction to the appropriate Pinpoint Test.

Pinpoint Test A: The Power Seat is Inoperative - Driver, With Power Recliner

Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Power Seats for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation

The driver seat control switch is powered by battery voltage to the driver seat control switch, circuit SBB32 (VT/RD), and is supplied ground on driver circuit GD147 (BK/VT). When pressed, the seat control switch supplies that voltage and ground to a power seat track motor or power recliner motor to move the seat or backrest. When pressed in the opposite direction, the seat control switch reverses the polarity to that same power seat track motor or power recliner motor, which moves the seat or backrest in the opposite direction. There are 3 power seat track motors that combine to move the seat cushion horizontally (forward/rearward) and vertically (front up/down and rear up/down). There is an additional motor in the power recliner mechanism to move the seat backrest forward and rearward. If a new motor needs to be installed, it is necessary to install an entire power seat track or power recliner mechanism.

This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following

  1. Fuse
  2. Wiring, terminals or connectors
  3. Seat control switch

Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.

Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

Note. The memory seat track motor electrical connectors will connect to a seat track without the memory option. When installing a new seat track, make sure the correct memory or non-memory seat track is being installed.

Scheme 3

Scheme 3: PINPOINT TEST A: THE POWER SEAT IS INOPERATIVE - DRIVER, WITH POWER RECLINER
  1. A1 CHECK CIRCUIT SBB32 (VT/RD) FOR VOLTAGE Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C3226 Disconnect: Driver Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3065 Disconnect: Driver Seat Control Switch C369 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure the voltage between driver seat control switch C369-5, circuit SBB32 (VT/RD), harness side and ground. Is the voltage greater than 10 volts? YES : Go to A2 . NO : VERIFY battery junction box (BJB) fuse 32 (30A) is OK. If OK, REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  2. A2 CHECK CIRCUIT GD147 (BK/VT) FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between driver seat control switch C369-3, circuit GD147 (BK/VT), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat control switch. REFER to «Seat Control Switch - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.

Pinpoint Test B: The Power Seat is Inoperative - Driver, Without Power Recliner

Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Power Seats for schematic and connector information.

The driver seat control switch is powered by battery voltage to the driver seat control switch, circuit SBB32 (VT/RD), and is supplied ground on driver circuit GD147 (BK/VT). When pressed, the seat control switch supplies that voltage and ground to a power seat track motor to move the seat. When pressed in the opposite direction, the seat control switch reverses the polarity to that same power seat track motor, which moves the seat in the opposite direction. There are 3 power seat track motors that combine to move the seat cushion horizontally (forward/rearward) and vertically (front up/down and rear up/down). If a new motor needs to be installed, it is necessary to install an entire power seat track.

This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following

  1. Fuse
  2. Wiring, terminals or connectors
  3. Seat control switch

Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.

Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

Note. The memory seat track motor electrical connectors will connect to a seat track without the memory option. When installing a new seat track, make sure the correct memory or non-memory seat track is being installed.

Scheme 4

Scheme 4: PINPOINT TEST B: THE POWER SEAT IS INOPERATIVE - DRIVER, WITHOUT POWER RECLINER

Scheme 5

Scheme 5
  1. B1 CHECK CIRCUIT SBB32 (VT/RD) FOR VOLTAGE Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C3226 Disconnect: Driver Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3065 Disconnect: Driver Seat Control Switch C360 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure the voltage between driver seat control switch C360-4, circuit SBB32 (VT/RD), harness side and ground. Is the voltage greater than 10 volts? YES : Go to B2 . NO : VERIFY battery junction box (BJB) fuse 32 (30A) is OK. If OK, REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  2. B2 CHECK CIRCUIT GD147 (BK/VT) FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between driver seat control switch C360-2, circuit GD147 (BK/VT), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat control switch. REFER to «Seat Control Switch - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.

Pinpoint Test C: The Power Seat is Inoperative - Passenger, With Power Recliner

Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Power Seats for schematic and connector information.

The passenger seat control switch is powered by battery voltage to the passenger seat control switch, circuit SBB21 (GY/RD), and is supplied ground on passenger circuit GD148 (GK/YE). When pressed, the seat control switch supplies that voltage and ground to the power seat track motor or power recliner motor to move the seat or backrest. When pressed in the opposite direction, the seat control switch reverses the polarity to the power seat track motor or power recliner motor, which moves the seat or backrest in the opposite direction. There is one power seat track motor which moves the seat cushion horizontally (forward/rearward) and an additional motor in the power recliner mechanism to move the seat backrest forward and rearward. If a new motor needs to be installed, it is necessary to install an entire power seat track or power recliner mechanism.

This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following

  1. Fuse
  2. Wiring, terminals or connectors
  3. Seat control switch

Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.

Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

Scheme 6

Scheme 6: PINPOINT TEST C: THE POWER SEAT IS INOPERATIVE - PASSENGER, WITH POWER RECLINER

Scheme 7

Scheme 7
  1. C1 CHECK FOR VOLTAGE TO THE PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL SWITCH Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Passenger Seat Side Air Bag C3227 Disconnect: Passenger Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3066 Disconnect: Passenger Seat Control Switch C330 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure the voltage between passenger seat control switch C330-5, circuit SBB21 (GY/RD), harness side and ground. Is the voltage greater than 10 volts? YES : Go to C2 . NO : VERIFY battery junction box (BJB) fuse 21 (30A) is OK. If OK, REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  2. C2 CHECK CIRCUIT GD148 (BK/YE) FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between passenger seat control switch C330-3, circuit GD148 (BK/YE), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new passenger seat control switch. REFER to «Seat Control Switch - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.

Pinpoint Test D: The Power Seat is Inoperative - Passenger, Without Power Recliner

Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Power Seats for schematic and connector information.

The passenger seat control switch is powered by battery voltage to the passenger seat control switch, circuit SBB21 (GY/RD), and is supplied ground on passenger circuit GD148 (GK/YE). When pressed, the seat control switch supplies that voltage and ground to the power seat track motor to move the seat. When pressed in the opposite direction, the seat control switch reverses the polarity to the power seat track motor, which moves the seat in the opposite direction. There is one power seat track motor which moves the seat horizontally (forward/rearward). If a new motor needs to be installed, it is necessary to install an entire power seat track.

This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following

  1. Fuse
  2. Wiring, terminals or connectors
  3. Seat control switch
  4. Power seat motor (seat track)

Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.

Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

Scheme 8

Scheme 8: PINPOINT TEST D: THE POWER SEAT IS INOPERATIVE - PASSENGER, WITHOUT POWER RECLINER

Scheme 9

Scheme 9

Scheme 10

Scheme 10

Scheme 11

Scheme 11

Scheme 12

Scheme 12
  1. D1 CHECK VOLTAGE TO THE PASSENGER SEAT HORIZONTAL MOTOR Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Passenger Seat Side Air Bag C3227 Disconnect: Passenger Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3066 Disconnect: Passenger Seat Horizontal Motor C332 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure the voltage between passenger seat horizontal motor C332-2, circuit CPS33 (WH), harness side and C332-1, circuit CPS38 (GN/BU), harness side, while operating the passenger seat control switch forward and rearward. Is the voltage greater than 10 volts with the switch forward, greater than -10 volts with the switch rearward and 0 volts with the switch at rest position? YES : INSTALL a new passenger seat horizontal motor. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to D2 .
  2. D2 CHECK FOR VOLTAGE TO THE PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL SWITCH Disconnect: Passenger Seat Control Switch C3190 Measure the voltage between passenger seat control switch C3190-4, circuit SBB21 (GY/RD), harness side and ground. Is the voltage greater than 10 volts? YES : Go to D3 . NO : VERIFY battery junction box (BJB) fuse 21 (30A) is OK. If OK, REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  3. D3 CHECK CIRCUIT GD148 (BK/YE) FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between passenger seat control switch C3190-2, circuit GD148 (BK/YE), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : Go to D4 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  4. D4 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS33 (WH) FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Measure the resistance between passenger seat control switch C3190-3, circuit CPS33 (WH), harness side and passenger seat horizontal motor C332-2, circuit CPS33 (WH), harness side; and between passenger seat control switch C3190-3, circuit CPS33 (WH), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the passenger seat horizontal motor and the passenger seat control switch, and greater than 10,000 ohms between the passenger seat control switch and ground? YES : Go to D5 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  5. D5 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS38 (GN/BU) FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Measure the resistance between passenger seat control switch C3190-6, circuit CPS38 (GN/BU), harness side and passenger seat horizontal motor C332-1, circuit CPS38 (GN/BU), harness side; and between passenger seat control switch C3190-6, circuit CPS38 (GN/BU), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the passenger seat horizontal motor and the passenger seat control switch, and greater than 10,000 ohms between the passenger seat control switch and ground? YES : INSTALL a new passenger seat control switch. REFER to «Seat Control Switch - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.

Pinpoint Test E: The Power Seat Does Not Move Horizontally/Vertically/Recline - Driver, With Power Recliner

Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Power Seats for schematic and connector information.

The driver seat control switch is powered by battery voltage on driver circuit SBB32 (VT/RD) and is supplied ground on circuit GD147 (BK/VT). When pressed, the seat control switch supplies that voltage and ground to a power seat track motor or power recliner motor to move the seat or backrest. When pressed in the opposite direction, the seat control switch reverses the polarity to that same power seat track motor or power recliner motor, which moves the seat or backrest in the opposite direction. There are 3 power seat track motors that combine to move the seat cushion horizontally (forward/rearward) and vertically (front up/down and rear up/down). There is an additional motor in the power recliner mechanism to move the seat backrest forward and rearward. If a new motor needs to be installed, it is necessary to install an entire power seat track or power recliner mechanism.

This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following

  1. Wiring, terminals or connectors
  2. Seat control switch
  3. Power seat motor (seat track)
  4. Power recliner mechanism

Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.

Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

Note. The memory seat track motor electrical connectors will connect to a seat track without the memory option. When installing a new seat track, make sure the correct memory or non-memory seat track is being installed.

Scheme 13

Scheme 13: PINPOINT TEST E: THE POWER SEAT DOES NOT MOVE HORIZONTALLY/VERTICALLY/RECLINE - DRIVER, WITH POWER R

Scheme 14

Scheme 14

Scheme 15

Scheme 15

Scheme 16

Scheme 16

Scheme 17

Scheme 17

Scheme 18

Scheme 18

Scheme 19

Scheme 19

Scheme 20

Scheme 20

Scheme 21

Scheme 21
  1. E1 CHECK THE HORIZONTAL DIRECTION MOTOR FOR CORRECT OPERATION Operate the driver power seat forward and rearward. Will the seat move horizontally? YES : Go to E2 . NO : Go to E3 .
  2. E2 CHECK THE RECLINER MOTOR FOR CORRECT OPERATION Recline the driver backrest forward and rearward. Will the seat backrest recline forward and rearward? YES : Go to E6 . NO : Go to E13 .
  3. E3 CHECK THE VOLTAGE TO THE DRIVER SEAT HORIZONTAL MOTOR Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C3226 Disconnect: Driver Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3065 Disconnect: Driver Seat Horizontal Motor C362 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure the voltage between driver seat horizontal motor C362-1, circuit CPS23 (GN/VT), harness side and C362-2, circuit CPS28 (GN), harness side, while pushing the driver seat control switch forward and rearward. Is the voltage greater than +10 volts when the switch is pushed forward, greater than -10 volts when the switch is pushed rearward and 0 volts when the switch is in a rest position? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat track assembly. REFER to «Seat Track - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-track-front) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to E4 .
  4. E4 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS23 (GN/VT) FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: Driver Seat Control Switch C369 Measure the resistance between driver seat control switch C369-4, circuit CPS23 (GN/VT), harness side and driver seat horizontal motor C362-1, circuit CPS23 (GN/VT), harness side; and between driver seat control switch C369-4, circuit CPS23 (GN/VT), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the driver seat horizontal motor and the driver seat control switch, and greater than 10,000 ohms between the driver seat control switch and ground? YES : Go to E5 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  5. E5 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS28 (GN) FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Measure the resistance between driver seat control switch C369-9, circuit CPS28 (GN), harness side and driver seat horizontal motor C362-2, circuit CPS28 (GN), harness side; and between driver seat control switch C369-9, circuit CPS28 (GN), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the driver seat horizontal motor and the driver seat control switch, and greater than 10,000 ohms between the driver seat control switch and ground? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat control switch. REFER to «Seat Control Switch - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  6. E6 DETERMINE THE SEAT HEIGHT ADJUST FAILURE Adjust both front and rear seat height up and down to determine the failure. Does the seat front or rear height adjust up and down? YES : If only front height adjustment operates, go to E7 . If only rear height adjustment operates, go to E10 . NO : INSTALL a new driver seat control switch. REFER to «Seat Control Switch - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  7. E7 CHECK THE VOLTAGE TO THE DRIVER SEAT REAR HEIGHT MOTOR Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C3226 Disconnect: Driver Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3065 Disconnect: Driver Seat Rear Height Motor C363 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure the voltage between driver seat rear height motor C363-1, circuit CPS26 (YE/BU), harness side and C363-2, circuit CPS27 (BU/BN), harness side, while operating the seat control switch rear height adjust up and down. Is the voltage greater than +10 volts when the rear height adjust is pressed down, greater than -10 volts when the rear height adjust is pressed up and 0 volts when the switch is in the rest position? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat track assembly. REFER to «Seat Track - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-track-front) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to E8 .
  8. E8 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS27 (BU/BN) FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: Driver Seat Control Switch C369 Measure the resistance between driver seat control switch C369-1, circuit CPS27 (BU/BN), harness side and driver seat rear height motor C363-2, circuit CPS27 (BU/BN), harness side; and between driver seat control switch C369-1, circuit CPS27 (BU/BN), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the driver seat rear height motor and the driver seat control switch, and greater than 10,000 ohms between the driver seat control switch and ground? YES : Go to E9 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  9. E9 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS26 (YE/BU) FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Measure the resistance between driver seat control switch C369-12, circuit CPS26 (YE/BU), harness side and driver seat rear height motor C363-1, circuit CPS26 (YE/BU), harness side; and between driver seat control switch C369-12, circuit CPS26 (YE/BU), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the driver seat rear height motor and the driver seat control switch, and greater than 10,000 ohms between the driver seat control switch and ground? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat control switch. REFER to «Seat Control Switch - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  10. E10 CHECK VOLTAGE TO THE DRIVER SEAT FRONT HEIGHT MOTOR Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C3226 Disconnect: Driver Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3065 Disconnect: Driver Seat Front Height Motor C382 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure the voltage between driver seat front height motor C382-1, circuit CPS24 (GY), harness side and C382-2, circuit CPS25 (WH/VT), while pushing the seat control switch rear height adjust up and down. Is the voltage greater than +10 volts when the front height adjust is pressed down, greater than -10 volts when the front height adjust is pressed up and 0 volts when the switch is in the rest position? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat track assembly. REFER to «Seat Track - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-track-front) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to E11 .
  11. E11 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS25 (WH/VT) FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: Driver Seat Control Switch C369 Measure the resistance between driver seat control switch C369-2, circuit CPS25 (WH/VT), harness side and driver seat front height motor C382-2, circuit CPS25 (WH/VT), harness side; and between driver seat control switch C369-2, circuit CPS25 (WH/VT), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the driver seat front height motor and the driver seat control switch, and greater than 10,000 ohms between the driver seat control switch and ground? YES : Go to E12 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  12. E12 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS24 (GY) FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between driver seat control switch C369-6, circuit CPS24 (GY) harness side, and driver seat front height motor C382-1, circuit CPS24 (GY), harness side; and between driver seat control switch C369-6, circuit CPS24 (GY), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the driver seat front height motor and the driver seat control switch, and greater than 10,000 ohms between the driver seat control switch and ground? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat control switch. REFER to «Seat Control Switch - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  13. E13 CHECK VOLTAGE TO THE DRIVER SEAT RECLINER MOTOR Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C3226 Disconnect: Driver Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3065 Disconnect: Driver Seat Recliner Motor C3187 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure the voltage between driver seat recliner motor C3187-2, circuit CPS30 (VT/BN), harness side and C3187-1, circuit CPS29 (WH/BN), while pushing the recline switch forward and rearward. Is the voltage greater than 10 volts when the switch is pushed forward, greater than -10 volts when the switch is pushed rearward and 0 volts when the switch is in a rest position? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat recliner motor. REFER to «Seat Recliner - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-recliner-front) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to E14 .
  14. E14 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS30 (VT/BN) FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: Driver Seat Control Switch C369 Measure the resistance between driver seat control switch C369-8, circuit CPS30 (VT/BN), harness side and driver seat recliner motor C3187-2, circuit CPS30 (VT/BN), harness side; and between driver seat control switch C369-8, circuit CPS30 (VT/BN), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the driver seat recliner motor and the driver seat control switch, and greater than 10,000 ohms between the driver seat control switch and ground? YES : Go to E15 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  15. E15 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS29 (WH/BN) FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between driver seat control switch C369-11, circuit CPS29 (WH/BN) harness side, and driver seat recliner motor C3187-1, circuit CPS29 (WH/BN), harness side; and between driver seat control switch C369-11, circuit CPS29 (WH/BN), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the driver seat recliner motor and the driver seat control switch, and greater than 10,000 ohms between the seat control switch and ground? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat control switch. REFER to «Seat Control Switch - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.

Pinpoint Test F: The Power Seat Does Not Move Horizontally/Vertically - Driver, Without Power Recliner

Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Power Seats for schematic and connector information.

The driver seat control switch is powered by battery voltage on driver circuit SBB32 (VT/RD) and is supplied ground on circuit GD147 (BK/VT). When pressed, the seat control switch supplies that voltage and ground to a power seat track motor to move the seat. When pressed in the opposite direction, the seat control switch reverses the polarity to that same power seat track motor, which moves the seat in the opposite direction. There are 3 power seat track motors that combine to move the seat cushion horizontally (forward/rearward) and vertically (front up/down and rear up/down). If a new motor needs to be installed, it is necessary to install an entire power seat track.

This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following

  1. Wiring, terminals or connectors
  2. Seat control switch
  3. Power seat motor (seat track)

Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.

Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

Note. The memory seat track motor electrical connectors will connect to a seat track without the memory option. When installing a new seat track, make sure the correct memory or non-memory seat track is being installed.

Scheme 22

Scheme 22

Scheme 23

Scheme 23

Scheme 24

Scheme 24

Scheme 25

Scheme 25

Scheme 26

Scheme 26

Scheme 27

Scheme 27
  1. F1 CHECK HORIZONTAL DIRECTION MOTOR FOR CORRECT OPERATION Operate the driver power seat forward and rearward. Will the seat move horizontally? YES : Go to F5 . NO : Go to F2 .
  2. F2 CHECK VOLTAGE TO THE DRIVER SEAT HORIZONTAL MOTOR Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C3226 Disconnect: Driver Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3065 Disconnect: Driver Seat Horizontal Motor C362 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure the voltage between driver seat horizontal motor C362-1, circuit CPS23 (GN/VT), harness side and C362-2, circuit CPS28 (GN), harness side, while pushing the driver seat control switch forward and rearward. Is the voltage greater than +10 volts when the switch is pushed forward, greater than -10 volts when the switch is pushed rearward and 0 volts when the switch is in a rest position? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat track assembly. REFER to «Seat Track - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-track-front) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to F3 .
  3. F3 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS23 (GN/VT) FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: Driver Seat Control Switch C360 Measure the resistance between driver seat control switch C360-3, circuit CPS23 (GN/VT), harness side and driver seat horizontal motor C362-1, circuit CPS23 (GN/VT), harness side; and between driver seat control switch C360-3, circuit CPS23 (GN/VT), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the driver seat horizontal motor and the driver seat control switch, and greater than 10,000 ohms between the driver seat control switch and ground? YES : Go to F4 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  4. F4 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS28 (GN) FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Measure the resistance between driver seat control switch C360-6, circuit CPS28 (GN), harness side and driver seat horizontal motor C362-2, circuit CPS28 (GN), harness side; and between driver seat control switch C360-6, circuit CPS28 (GN), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the driver seat horizontal motor and the driver seat control switch, and greater than 10,000 ohms between the driver seat control switch and ground? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat control switch. REFER to «Seat Control Switch - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  5. F5 DETERMINE THE SEAT HEIGHT ADJUST FAILURE Adjust both front and rear seat height up and down to determine the failure. Does the seat front or rear height adjust up and down? YES : If only front height adjust operates, go to F6 . If only rear height adjust operates, go to F9 . NO : INSTALL a new driver seat control switch. REFER to «Seat Control Switch - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  6. F6 CHECK VOLTAGE TO THE DRIVER SEAT REAR HEIGHT MOTOR Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C3226 Disconnect: Driver Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3065 Disconnect: Driver Seat Rear Height Motor C363 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure the voltage between driver seat rear height motor C363-1, circuit CPS26 (YE/BU), harness side and C363-2, circuit CPS27 (BU/BN), harness side, while operating the seat control switch rear height adjust up and down. Is the voltage greater than +10 volts when the rear height adjust is pressed down, greater than -10 volts when the rear height adjust is pressed up and 0 volts when the switch is in the rest position? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat track assembly. REFER to «Seat Track - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-track-front) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to F7 .
  7. F7 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS27 (BU/BN) FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: Driver Seat Control Switch C360 Measure the resistance between driver seat control switch C360-5, circuit CPS27 (BU/BN), harness side and driver seat rear height motor C363-2, circuit CPS27 (BU/BN), harness side; and between driver seat control switch C360-5, circuit CPS27 (BU/BN), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the driver seat rear height motor and the driver seat control switch, and greater than 10,000 ohms between the driver seat control switch and ground? YES : Go to F8 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  8. F8 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS26 (YE/BU) FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Measure the resistance between driver seat control switch C360-7, circuit CPS26 (YE/BU), harness side and driver seat rear height motor C363-1, circuit CPS26 (YE/BU), harness side; and between driver seat control switch C360-7, circuit CPS26 (YE/BU), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the driver seat rear height motor and the driver seat control switch, and greater than 10,000 ohms between the driver seat control switch and ground? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat control switch. REFER to «Seat Control Switch - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  9. F9 CHECK VOLTAGE TO THE DRIVER SEAT FRONT HEIGHT MOTOR Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C3226 Disconnect: Driver Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3065 Disconnect: Driver Seat Front Height Motor C382 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure the voltage between driver seat front height motor C382-1, circuit CPS24 (GY), harness side and C382-2, circuit CPS25 (WH/VT), while operating the seat control switch rear height adjust up and down. Is the voltage greater than +10 volts when the front height adjust is pressed down, greater than -10 volts when the front height adjust is pressed up and 0 volts when the switch is in the rest position? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat track assembly. REFER to «Seat Track - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-track-front) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to F10 .
  10. F10 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS25 (WH/VT) FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: Driver Seat Control Switch C360 Measure the resistance between driver seat control switch C360-1, circuit CPS25 (WH/VT), harness side and driver seat front height motor C382-2, circuit CPS25 (WH/VT), harness side; and between driver seat control switch C360-1, circuit CPS25 (WH/VT), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the driver seat front height motor and the driver seat control switch, and greater than 10,000 ohms between the driver seat control switch and ground? YES : Go to F11 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  11. F11 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS24 (GY) FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between driver seat control switch C360-8, circuit CPS24 (GY) harness side, and driver seat front height motor C382-1, circuit CPS24 (GY), harness side; and between driver seat control switch C360-8, circuit CPS24 (GY), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the driver seat front height motor and the driver seat control switch, and greater than 10,000 ohms between the driver seat control switch and ground? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat control switch. REFER to «Seat Control Switch - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.

Pinpoint Test G: The Power Seat Does Not Move Horizontally/Recline - Passenger

Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Power Seats for schematic and connector information.

The passenger seat control switch is powered by battery voltage on circuit SBB21 (GY/RD) and is supplied ground on circuit GD148 (BK/YE). When pressed, the seat control switch supplies that voltage and ground to a power seat track motor to move the seat. When pressed in the opposite direction, the seat control switch reverses the polarity to that same power seat track motor, which moves the seat in the opposite direction. There is a power seat track motor that moves the seat horizontally (forward/reverse) and a motor in the power recliner mechanism that moves the seat backrest forward or rearward.

This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following

  1. Wiring, terminals or connectors
  2. Seat control switch
  3. Power seat motor (seat track)

Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.

Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

Scheme 28

Scheme 28: PINPOINT TEST G: THE POWER SEAT DOES NOT MOVE HORIZONTALLY/RECLINE - PASSENGER

Scheme 29

Scheme 29

Scheme 30

Scheme 30
  1. G1 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEAT MOTOR OPERATION Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Passenger Seat Side Air Bag C3227 Disconnect: Passenger Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3066 Disconnect: Passenger Power Seat Motor C332 or Seat Recliner Motor C3189 (inoperative motor in question) WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Using the following table, measure the voltage between the inoperative passenger seat motor connector, harness side and ground, while moving the seat control switch in the indicated direction: Motor Connector Pin Circuit Direction of Control Switch Horizontal Motor C332 2 CPS33 (WH) Forward Horizontal Motor C332 1 CPS38 (GN/BU) Rearward Recliner Motor C3189 1 CPS39 (GY/YE) Forward Recliner Motor C3189 2 CPS40 (VT/GY) Rearward Are the voltages greater than 10 volts in the inoperative directions? YES : INSTALL a new passenger seat track assembly or recliner assembly. REFER to «Seat Track - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-track-front) or «Seat Recliner - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-recliner-front) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to G2 .
  2. G2 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEAT MOTOR CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: Passenger Seat Control Switch C330 Using the following table, measure the resistance between passenger seat control switch C330 pins, harness side and ground: Pin Circuit Inoperative Motor 8 CPS40 (VT/GY) Recliner 11 CPS39 (GY/YE) Recliner 4 CPS33 (WH) Horizontal 9 CPS38 (GN/BU) Horizontal Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : Go to G3 . NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  3. G3 CHECK FOR AN OPEN CIRCUIT Key in OFF position. Using the following table, measure the resistance between passenger seat control switch C330 pins, harness side and the inoperative motor connector, harness side. C330-Pin Circuit Motor Connector-Pin Horizontal Motor C330-4 CPS33 (WH) C332-2 C330-9 CPS38 (GN/BU) C332-1 Recliner Motor C330-8 CPS40 (VT/GY) C3189-2 C330-11 CPS39 (GY/YE) C3189-1 Are the resistances less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new passenger seat control switch. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.

The power seat should move quietly during operation. Some noise is acceptable.

This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following

  1. Seat track alignment
  2. Seat track obstruction
  3. Seat track

PINPOINT TEST H: THE POWER SEAT MOVES BUT IS NOISY

  1. H1 CHECK THE TRACK ALIGNMENT Check the alignment of the track to the floor and the track to the seat. Is the track out of alignment? YES : ALIGN the track to the seat and the floor. TEST the system for normal operation. NO : IDENTIFY the cause and REPAIR as necessary. TEST the system for normal operation.

The power seat movement should be smooth and the seat cushion should not rock during or after operation.

This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following

  1. Seat track fastening hardware
  2. Seat track

PINPOINT TEST I: THE POWER SEAT MOVES BUT IS LOOSE

  1. I1 CHECK THE FASTENING HARDWARE Key in OFF position. Inspect for loose fastening hardware on the affected seat. Is the fastening hardware loose? YES : TIGHTEN all fastening hardware to specification. TEST the system for normal operation. NO : IDENTIFY the cause and REPAIR as necessary. TEST the system for normal operation.

The driver power seat should travel fully horizontal (forward/rearward) and vertical (front up/down and rear up/down). The passenger power seat should travel fully horizontal (forward/rearward).

This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following

  1. Seat track obstruction
  2. Seat track

PINPOINT TEST J: THE POWER SEAT DOES NOT MAKE FULL TRAVEL

Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.

Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

Note. The memory seat track motor electrical connectors will connect to a seat track without the memory option. When installing a new seat track, make sure the correct memory or non-memory seat track is being installed.

  1. J1 CHECK FOR AN OBSTRUCTION IN THE SEAT TRACK Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Remove the affected seat. Refer to «Seat - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-front) . Are there any obstructions in the track? YES : REMOVE the obstruction(s) from the track(s). TEST the system for normal operation. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : IDENTIFY the cause and REPAIR as necessary. TEST the system for normal operation. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.

Pinpoint Test K: The Memory Seat is Inoperative/Does Not Operate Correctly - Does Not Operate Horizontally/Vertically/Recline

Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Memory Seats for schematic and connector information.

Refer to appropriate appropriate COMPONENT TESTING article article.

The driver seat control switch is powered by battery voltage on circuit SBP12 (GN/RD) and is supplied ground on circuit GD147 (BK/VT). When pressed, the seat control switch supplies the voltage and ground to the applicable driver seat module (DSM) inputs. The DSM then supplies voltage and ground to the appropriate power seat track motor or power recline motor based on the inputs received from the seat control switch. When pressed in the opposite direction, the seat control switch reverses the polarity to the DSM inputs, and the DSM likewise reverses polarity of the appropriate power seat track motor or power recliner motor circuits causing the seat or backrest to move in the opposite direction. There are 3 power seat track motors that combine to move the seat horizontally (forward/rearward) and vertically (front up/down and rear up/down). The seat backrest power recliner mechanism uses a single motor to move the seat backrest forward and rearward.

Battery voltage is also supplied to DSM on circuit SBB32 (VT/RD) and SBP12 (GN/RD). Ground is supplied to the DSM on circuit GD147 (BK/VT).

Each motor, in the memory power seat track and power recliner mechanism contains a Hall-effect position sensor. The DSM supplies a shared signal feed circuit to each position sensor. Each position sensor sends a signal pulse back to the DSM used to monitor the position of the power seat and seat backrest. The DSM uses this information to return the seat to a stored pre-programmed position when pressing the memory SET switch or a remote entry transmitter. For information on programming memory positions or recalling a stored memory position, refer to Memory Position Programming .

The following pinpoint test diagnoses a memory seat that does not operate in one or more directions when using the seat control switch. If the seat does move in all directions using the seat control switch or operates in 1-second intervals, Go to Pinpoint Test L .

DTC DescriptionFault Trigger Conditions
B1663 - Seat Driver Front Up/Down Motor Stalled B1664 - Seat Driver Rear Up/Down Motor Stalled B1665 - Seat Driver Forward/Backward Motor StalledDuring self-test, the DSM attempts to operate the appropriate seat track motor and uses the motor's position sensor to monitor movement. If no motor movement is sensed, the DTC is set. The DSM will retry motor operation on the next activation of the seat control switch. If no movement continues to be monitored after 250 milliseconds, the DSM disables the output.
B1666 - Seat Driver Recline Motor StalledDuring self-test, the DSM attempts to operate the recliner motor and uses the recliner motor position sensor to monitor movement. If no motor movement is sensed, the DTC is set. The DSM will retry motor operation on the next activation of the seat control switch. If no motor movement is still monitored after 250 milliseconds, the DSM disables the output.
B1703 - Seat Driver Recline Forward Switch Circuit Short to Battery B1707 - Seat Driver Recline Rearward Switch Circuit Short to BatteryIf voltage is sensed on the switch input circuit during the DSM self-test, the DTC is set. If voltage is sensed on the input circuit for greater than 2 minutes, the DTC is set as continuous. With the DTC set, any input signal on the circuit is ignored.
B1711 - Seat Driver Front Up Switch Circuit Short to Battery B1715 - Seat Driver Front Down Switch Circuit Short to BatteryIf voltage is sensed on the switch input circuit during the DSM self-test, the DTC is set. If voltage is sensed on the input circuit for greater than 2 minutes, the DTC is set as continuous. With the DTC set, any input signal on the circuit is ignored.
B1719 - Seat Driver Forward Switch Circuit Short to Battery B1723 - Seat Driver Rearward Switch Circuit Short to BatteryIf voltage is sensed on the switch input circuit during the DSM self-test, the DTC is set. If voltage is sensed on the input circuit for greater than 2 minutes, the DTC is set as continuous. With the DTC set, any input signal on the circuit is ignored.
B1727 - Seat Driver Rear Up Switch Circuit Short to Battery B1731 - Seat Driver Rear Down Switch Circuit Short to BatteryIf voltage is sensed on the switch input circuit during the DSM self-test, the DTC is set. If voltage is sensed on the input circuit for greater than 2 minutes, the DTC is set as continuous. With the DTC set, any input signal on the circuit is ignored.

This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following

  1. Fuse
  2. Wiring, terminals or connectors
  3. Seat control switch
  4. Missing status information (controller area network [CAN] communication bus messages): Ignition switch status Gear selector position
  5. Seat track
  6. Power recliner mechanism
  7. DSM

Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.

Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

Note. The memory seat track position sensors are integral to the memory seat track motors. The memory seat track motor electrical connectors will connect to a seat track without the memory option. When installing a new seat track, make sure the correct memory or non-memory seat track is being installed.

Note. If a new DSM is installed, the driver seat, memory mirrors and power adjustable pedals (if equipped) must be operated in all directions through the full range of travel to avoid a premature stopping point occurrence after the vehicle is returned to the customer.

Note. Verify good battery condition before diagnosing the memory seat system. Poor battery condition may interfere with memory seat operation, even if vehicle starting is possible.

Scheme 31

Scheme 31

Scheme 32

Scheme 32

Scheme 33

Scheme 33

Scheme 34

Scheme 34

Scheme 35

Scheme 35

Scheme 36

Scheme 36

Scheme 37

Scheme 37

Scheme 38

Scheme 38

Scheme 39

Scheme 39

Scheme 40

Scheme 40

Scheme 41

Scheme 41

Scheme 42

Scheme 42

Scheme 43

Scheme 43

Scheme 44

Scheme 44

Scheme 45

Scheme 45

Scheme 46

Scheme 46

Scheme 47

Scheme 47
  1. K1 CHECK THE IGNITION KEY STATUS (KEYST) PID NOTE: The DSM monitors ignition switch and transmission gear selector position status messages communicated across the CAN. This information is required for correct memory seat operation. Ignition switch and transmission gear selector status should be verified by using a scan tool to monitor the available PID data before proceeding with memory seat diagnosis. Connect the diagnostic tool. If the scan tool does not communicate with the DSM, verify smart junction box (SJB) fuse 12 (7.5A) is OK. Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger/DSM PID: Ignition Key Status (KEYST) Cycle the ignition switch in all positions while monitoring the DSM PID KEYST values. Do the PID states agree with the selected ignition switch positions? YES : Go to K2 . NO : To diagnose an ignition switch status concern, REFER to «STEERING COLUMN SWITCHES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/steering-column-switches/#steering-column-switches) article.
  2. K2 CHECK THE TRANSMISSION RANGE (TR) PID Key in ON position. Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger/PCM PID: Transmission Range (TR) Operate the transmission gear selector in all positions while monitoring the PCM PID TR values. Do the PID states agree with the selected transmission gear positions? YES : Go to K3 . NO : To diagnose a transmission gear selector status concern, REFER to «AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE/TRANSMISSION - 6F50»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/automatic-trans/#automatic-transmission-6f50) article.
  3. K3 RETRIEVE THE DSM DTCs Operate the memory seat, memory mirrors and adjustable pedals (if equipped) in all directions through the full range of travel. Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DSM Self-Test/ Retrieve DTCs Are any DSM DTCs retrieved? YES : If DTCs B1663, B1664, B1665 and B1666 are all retrieved, go to K12 . If DTC B1663, go to K22 . If DTC B1664, go to K25 . If DTC B1665, go to K28 . If DTC B1666, go to K31 . If DTC B1703, go to K5 . If DTC B1707, go to K5 . If DTC B1711, go to K5 . If DTC B1715, go to K5 . If DTC B1719, go to K5 . If DTC B1723, go to K5 . If DTC B1727, go to K5 . If DTC B1731, go to K5 . If DTC B1342, INSTALL a new DSM and CARRY OUT programmable module installation (PMI). REFER to «MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/communication-devices/#multifunction-electronic-modules-system) article. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. For any other DSM DTCs, REFER to the «Driver Seat Module (DSM) DTC Table»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__driver-seat-module-dsm-dtc-table) in this article or Master DTC Table in «MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/communication-devices/#multifunction-electronic-modules-system) article. NO : Go to K4 .
  4. K4 MONITOR THE DSM PIDs AND CHECK FOR CORRECT MEMORY SEAT SWITCH INPUTS Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger/DSM PIDs Activate the seat control switch and recline switch in all positions while monitoring the following DSM PIDs: Driver Power Seat Forward/Backward Switch (SFWD_SW) Driver Power Seat Front Up/Down Switch (SFNT_SW) Driver Power Seat Rear Up/Down Switch (SREARSW) Driver Power Seat Recline Switch Status (SRCL_SW) Do the PID values agree with the switch positions? YES : Go to K11 . NO : Go to K5 .
  5. K5 CHECK THE SEAT CONTROL SWITCH Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C3226 Disconnect: Driver Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3065 Disconnect: Seat Control Switch C369 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Check the seat control switch. Refer to appropriate COMPONENT TESTING article. Is the seat control switch OK? YES : Go to K6 . NO : INSTALL a new seat control switch. REFER to «Seat Control Switch - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  6. K6 CHECK CIRCUIT SBP12 (GN/RD) FOR VOLTAGE TO THE SEAT CONTROL SWITCH Measure the voltage between seat control switch C369-5, circuit SBP12 (GN/RD), harness side and ground. Is the voltage greater than 10 volts? YES : Go to K7 . NO : VERIFY SJB fuse 12 (7.5A) is OK. If OK, REPAIR the circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  7. K7 CHECK CIRCUIT GD147 (BK/VT) FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between seat control switch C369-3, circuit GD147 (BK/VT), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : Go to K8 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  8. K8 CHECK THE SEAT CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO POWER Disconnect: DSM C341b Key in ON position. Measure the voltage between the following seat control switch C369 pins, harness side and ground: Connector - Pin Circuit C369-4 CPS23 (GN/VT) C369-6 CPS24 (GY) C369-2 CPS25 (WH/VT) C369-12 CPS26 (YE/BU) C369-1 CPS27 (BU/BN) C369-9 CPS28 (GN) C369-11 CPS29 (WH/BN) C369-8 CPS30 (VT/BN) Is any voltage indicated? YES : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to K9 .
  9. K9 CHECK THE SEAT CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Key in OFF position. Measure the resistance between the following seat control switch C369 pins, harness side and ground: Connector - Pin Circuit C369-4 CPS23 (GN/VT) C369-6 CPS24 (GY) C369-2 CPS25 (WH/VT) C369-12 CPS26 (YE/BU) C369-1 CPS27 (BU/BN) C369-9 CPS28 (GN) C369-11 CPS29 (WH/BN) C369-8 CPS30 (VT/BN) Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to K10 .
  10. K10 CHECK THE SEAT CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between the following seat control switch C369 pins, harness side and DSM C341b pins, harness side: Seat Control Switch C369 Circuit DSM C341b C369-4 CPS23 (GN/VT) C341b-16 C369-6 CPS24 (GY) C341b-6 C369-2 CPS25 (WH/VT) C341b-18 C369-12 CPS26 (YE/BU) C341b-5 C369-1 CPS27 (BU/BN) C341b-17 C369-9 CPS28 (GN) C341b-15 C369-11 CPS29 (WH/BN) C341b-19 C369-8 CPS30 (VT/BN) C341b-7 Are the resistances less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new DSM and CARRY OUT PMI. REFER to «MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/communication-devices/#multifunction-electronic-modules-system) article. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  11. K11 CHECK THE DSM FOR CORRECT OUTPUTS USING A SCAN TOOL AND DSM ACTIVE COMMANDS Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger/DSM Active Command PIDs Toggle the following DSM active commands ON and OFF while monitoring the seat movement: Front Motor Up (FRONT_UP) Front Motor Down (FRONT_DWN) Horizontal Motor Forward (HORZ_FWD) Horizontal Motor Backward (HORZ_BWD) Rear Motor Up (REAR_UP) Rear Motor Down (REAR_DWN) Recline Motor Forward (RECL_BWD) Recline Motor Backward (RECL_FWD) Does the driver seat operate correctly? YES : INSTALL a new DSM and CARRY OUT PMI. REFER to «MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/communication-devices/#multifunction-electronic-modules-system) article. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : If no seat movement, go to K12 . If no front vertical seat movement, go to K22 . If no rear vertical seat movement, go to K25 . If no horizontal seat movement, go to K28 . If no recline seat movement, go to K31 .
  12. K12 CHECK DSM CIRCUIT SBB32 (VT/RD) FOR VOLTAGE Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C3226 Disconnect: Driver Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3065 Disconnect: DSM C341a WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure the voltage between DSM C341a-1, circuit SBB32 (VT/RD), harness side and ground. Is the voltage greater than 10 volts? YES : Go to K13 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  13. K13 CHECK DSM GROUND CIRCUIT GD147 (BK/VT) FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between DSM C341a-2, circuit GD147 (BK/VT), harness side and ground; and between DSM C341b-24, circuit GD147 (BK/VT), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : Go to K14 . NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  14. K14 CHECK THE FRONT HEIGHT MOTOR AND CIRCUITS CPS03 (VT/GY) AND CPS02 (GY/YE) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: DSM C341b Measure the resistance between DSM C341b-23, circuit CPS03 (VT/GY), harness side and ground; and between DSM C341b-11, circuit CPS02 (GY/YE), harness side and ground. Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : Go to K16 . NO : Go to K15 .
  15. K15 CHECK FRONT HEIGHT MOTOR CIRCUITS CPS03 (VT/GY) AND CPS02 (GY/YE) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: Driver Seat Front Height Motor C382 Measure the resistance between DSM C341b-23, circuit CPS03 (VT/GY), harness side and ground; and between DSM C341b-11, circuit CPS02 (GY/YE), harness side and ground. Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat track assembly. REFER to «Seat Track - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-track-front) . REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  16. K16 CHECK THE REAR HEIGHT MOTOR AND CIRCUITS CPS05 (BU/WH) AND CPS04 (YE/OG) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Measure the resistance between DSM C341b-22, circuit CPS05 (BU/WH), harness side and ground; and between DSM C341b-10, circuit CPS04 (YE/OG), harness side and ground. Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : Go to K18 . NO : Go to K17 .
  17. K17 CHECK REAR HEIGHT MOTOR CIRCUITS CPS05 (BU/WH) AND CPS04 (YE/OG) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: Driver Seat Rear Height Motor C363 Measure the resistance between DSM C341b-22, circuit CPS05 (BU/WH), harness side and ground; and between DSM C341b-10, circuit CPS04 (YE/OG), harness side and ground. Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat track assembly. REFER to «Seat Track - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-track-front) . REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  18. K18 CHECK THE HORIZONTAL MOTOR AND CIRCUITS CPS01 (GN/BU) AND CPS06 (GN/WH) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Measure the resistance between DSM C341b-12, circuit CPS01 (GN/BU), harness side and ground; and between DSM C341b-9, circuit CPS06 (GN/WH), harness side and ground. Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : Go to K20 . NO : Go to K19 .
  19. K19 CHECK HORIZONTAL MOTOR CIRCUITS CPS01 (GN/BU) AND CPS06 (GN/WH) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: Driver Seat Horizontal Motor C362 Measure the resistance between DSM C341b-12, circuit CPS01 (GN/BU), harness side and ground; and between DSM C341b-9, circuit CPS06 (GN/WH), harness side and ground. Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat track assembly. REFER to «Seat Track - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-track-front) . REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  20. K20 CHECK THE BACKREST RECLINER MOTOR AND CIRCUITS CPS07 (GY/BN) AND CPS08 (VT/OG) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Measure the resistance between DSM C341b-13, circuit CPS07 (GY/BN), harness side and ground; and between DSM C341b-21, circuit CPS08 (VT/OG), harness side and ground. Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new DSM and CARRY OUT PMI. REFER to «MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/communication-devices/#multifunction-electronic-modules-system) article. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to K21 .
  21. K21 CHECK BACKREST RECLINER MOTOR CIRCUITS CPS07 (GY/BN) AND CPS08 (VT/OG) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: Driver Seat Recliner Motor C3187 Measure the resistance between DSM C341b-13, circuit CPS07 (GY/BN), harness side and ground; and between DSM C341b-21, circuit CPS08 (VT/OG), harness side and ground. Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat recliner assembly. REFER to «Seat Recliner - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-recliner-front) . REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  22. K22 CHECK THE FRONT HEIGHT MOTOR OPERATION USING ACTIVE COMMAND PIDS Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C3226 Disconnect: Driver Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3065 Disconnect: Driver Seat Front Height Motor C382 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Key in ON position. Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger/DSM Active Command PIDs Front Motor Up (FRONT_UP) Front Motor Down (FRONT_DWN) Measure the voltage between driver seat front height motor C382-2, circuit CPS03 (VT/GY) and C382-1, circuit CPS02 (GY/YE), harness side while toggling DSM active commands FRONT_UP and FRONT_DWN, ON and OFF. Is voltage present when the motor is commanded ON and no voltage present when commanded OFF? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat track assembly. REFER to «Seat Track - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-track-front) . REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to K23 .
  23. K23 CHECK FRONT HEIGHT MOTOR CIRCUITS CPS02 (GY/YE) AND CPS03 (VT/GY) FOR A SHORT TO POWER Key in OFF position. Disconnect: DSM C341b Key in ON position. Measure the voltage between DSM C341b-11, circuit CPS02 (GY/YE), harness side and ground; and between DSM C341b-23, circuit CPS03 (VT/GY), harness side and ground. Is any voltage indicated? YES : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to K24 .
  24. K24 CHECK FRONT HEIGHT MOTOR CIRCUITS CPS02 (GY/YE) AND CPS03 (VT/GY) FOR AN OPEN Key in OFF position. Measure the resistance between DSM C341b-11, circuit CPS02 (GY/YE), harness side and front height power seat motor C382-1, circuit CPS02 (GY/YE), harness side; and between DSM C341b-23, circuit CPS03 (VT/GY), harness side and front height power seat motor C382-2, circuit CPS03 (VT/GY), harness side. Are the resistances less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new DSM and CARRY OUT PMI. REFER to «MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/communication-devices/#multifunction-electronic-modules-system) article. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  25. K25 CHECK THE REAR HEIGHT MOTOR OPERATION USING ACTIVE COMMAND PIDS Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C3226 Disconnect: Driver Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3065 Disconnect: Driver Seat Rear Height Motor C363 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Key in ON position. Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger/DSM Active Command PIDs Rear Motor Up (REAR_UP) Rear Motor Down (REAR_DWN) Measure the voltage between driver seat rear height motor C363-2, circuit CPS05 (BU/WH), harness side and C363-1, circuit CPS04 (YE/OG), harness side while toggling DSM active commands REAR_UP and REAR_DWN, ON and OFF. Is voltage present when the motor is commanded ON and no voltage present when commanded OFF? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat track assembly. REFER to «Seat Track - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-track-front) . REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to K26 .
  26. K26 CHECK REAR HEIGHT MOTOR CIRCUITS CPS05 (BU/WH) AND CPS04 (YE/GN) FOR A SHORT TO POWER Key in OFF position. Disconnect: DSM C341b Key in ON position. Measure the voltage between DSM C341b-10, circuit CPS04 (YE/OG), harness side and ground; and between DSM C341b-22, circuit CPS05 (BU/WH), harness side and ground. Is any voltage indicated? YES : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to K27 .
  27. K27 CHECK REAR HEIGHT MOTOR CIRCUITS CPS04 (YE/GN) AND CPS05 (BU/WH) FOR AN OPEN Key in OFF position. Measure the resistance between DSM C341b-10, circuit CPS04 (YE/OG), harness side and rear height power seat motor C363-1, circuit CPS04 (YE/OG), harness side; and between DSM C341b-22, circuit CPS05 (BU/WH), harness side and rear height power seat motor C363-2, circuit CPS05 (BU/WH), harness side. Are the resistances less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new DSM and CARRY OUT PMI. REFER to «MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/communication-devices/#multifunction-electronic-modules-system) article. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  28. K28 CHECK THE HORIZONTAL MOTOR OPERATION USING ACTIVE COMMAND PIDS Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C3226 Disconnect: Driver Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3065 Disconnect: Driver Seat Horizontal Motor C362 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Key in ON position. Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger/DSM Active Command PIDs Horizontal Motor Forward (HORZ_FWD) Horizontal Motor Backward (HORZ_BWD) Measure the voltage between driver seat horizontal motor C362-2, circuit CPS06 (GN/WH) and C362-1, circuit CPS01 (GN/BU), harness side while toggling DSM active commands HORZ_FWD and HORZ_BWD, ON and OFF. Is voltage present when the motor is commanded ON and no voltage present when commanded OFF? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat track assembly. REFER to «Seat Track - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-track-front) . REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to K29 .
  29. K29 CHECK HORIZONTAL MOTOR CIRCUITS CPS06 (GN/WH) AND CPS01 (GN/BU) FOR A SHORT TO POWER Key in OFF position. Disconnect: DSM C341b Key in ON position. Measure the voltage between DSM C341b-9, circuit CPS06 (GN/WH), harness side and ground; and between DSM C341b-12, circuit CPS01 (GN/BU), harness side and ground. Is any voltage indicated? YES : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to K30 .
  30. K30 CHECK HORIZONTAL MOTOR CIRCUITS CPS06 (GN/WH) AND CPS01 (GN/BU) FOR AN OPEN Key in OFF position. Measure the resistance between DSM C341b-9, circuit CPS06 (GN/WH), harness side and horizontal power seat motor C362-2, circuit CPS06 (GN/WH), harness side; and between DSM C341b-12, circuit CPS01 (GN/BU), harness side and horizontal power seat motor C362-1, circuit CPS01 (GN/BU), harness side. Are the resistances less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new DSM and CARRY OUT PMI. REFER to «MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/communication-devices/#multifunction-electronic-modules-system) article. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  31. K31 CHECK THE RECLINER MOTOR OPERATION USING ACTIVE COMMAND PIDS Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C3226 Disconnect: Driver Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3065 Disconnect: Driver Seat Recliner Motor C3187 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Key in ON position. Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger/DSM Active Command PIDs Recline Motor Forward (RECL_FWD) Recline Motor Backward (RECL_BWD) Measure the voltage between driver seat power recliner motor C3187-1, circuit CPS07 (GN/BN) and C3187-2, circuit CPS08 (VT/OG), harness side while toggling DSM active commands RECL_FWD and RECL_BWD, ON and OFF. Is voltage present when the motor is commanded ON and no voltage present when commanded OFF? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat recliner assembly. REFER to «Seat Recliner - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-recliner-front) . REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to K32 .
  32. K32 CHECK RECLINER MOTOR CIRCUITS CPS07 (GN/BN) AND CPS08 (VT/OG) FOR A SHORT TO POWER Key in OFF position. Disconnect: DSM C341b Key in ON position. Measure the voltage between DSM C341b-13, circuit CPS07 (GN/BN), harness side and ground; and between DSM C341b-21, circuit CPS08 (VT/OG), harness side and ground. Is any voltage indicated? YES : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to K33 .
  33. K33 CHECK RECLINER MOTOR CIRCUITS CPS07 (GN/BN) AND CPS08 (VT/OG) FOR AN OPEN Key in OFF position. Measure the resistance between DSM C341b-13, circuit CPS07 (GN/BN), harness side and recliner power seat motor C3187-1, circuit CPS07 (GN/BN), harness side; and between DSM C341b-21, circuit CPS08 (VT/OG), harness side and recliner power seat motor C3187-2, circuit CPS08 (VT/OG), harness side. Are the resistances less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new DSM and CARRY OUT PMI. REFER to «MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/communication-devices/#multifunction-electronic-modules-system) article. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.

Pinpoint Test L: The Memory Seat Does Not Operate Correctly - Does Not Operate Using the Memory SET Switch

Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Memory Seats for schematic and connector information.

The driver seat control switch is powered by battery voltage on circuit SBP12 (GN/RD) and is supplied ground on circuit GD147 (BK/VT). When pressed, the seat control switch supplies the voltage and ground to the applicable driver seat module (DSM) inputs. The DSM then supplies voltage and ground to the appropriate power seat track motor or power recline motor based on the inputs received from the seat control switch. When pressed in the opposite direction, the seat control switch reverses the polarity to the DSM inputs, and the DSM likewise reverses polarity of the appropriate power seat track motor or power recliner motor circuits causing the seat or backrest to move in the opposite direction. There are 3 power seat track motors that combine to move the seat horizontally (forward/rearward) and vertically (front up/down and rear up/down). The seat backrest power recliner mechanism uses a single motor to move the seat backrest forward and rearward.

Battery voltage is also supplied to DSM on circuit SBB32 (VT/RD) and SBP12 (GN/RD). Ground is supplied to the DSM on circuit GD147 (BK/VT).

Each motor, in the memory power seat track and power recliner mechanism contains a Hall-effect position sensor. The DSM supplies a shared signal feed circuit to each position sensor. Each position sensor sends a signal pulse back to the DSM used to monitor the position of the power seat and seat backrest. The DSM uses this information to return the seat to a stored pre-programmed position when pressing the memory SET switch or a remote entry transmitter. For information on programming memory position or recalling a stored memory position, refer to Memory Position Programming .

The following pinpoint test diagnoses a memory seat that does not operate correctly using the memory SET switch or operates in 1-second intervals. If the memory seat does not move in all directions using the seat control switch, Go to Pinpoint Test K .

DTC DescriptionFault Trigger Conditions
B1530 - Memory SET Switch Circuit Short to Ground B1534 - Memory 1 Switch Circuit Short to Ground B1538 - Memory 2 Switch Circuit Short to GroundIf any activity is sensed on the switch input circuit during the DSM self-test, the DTC is set. If activity is sensed on the input circuit for greater than 2 minutes, the DTC is set as continuous. With the DTC set, any input signal on the circuit is ignored.
B1663 - Seat Driver Front Up/Down Motor Stalled B1664 - Seat Driver Rear Up/Down Motor Stalled B1665 - Seat Driver Forward/Backward Motor StalledDuring self-test, the DSM attempts to operate the appropriate seat track motor and uses the motor's position sensor to monitor movement. If no motor movement is sensed, the DTC is set. The DSM will retry motor operation on the next activation of the seat control switch. If no movement continues to be monitored after 250 milliseconds, the DSM disables the output.
B1666 - Seat Driver Recline Motor StalledDuring self-test, the DSM attempts to operate the recliner motor and uses the recliner motor position sensor to monitor movement. If no motor movement is sensed, the DTC is set. The DSM will retry motor operation on the next activation of the seat control switch. If no motor movement is still monitored after 250 milliseconds, the DSM disables the output.
B1952 - Seat Rear Up/Down Position Feedback Circuit Short to Battery B1956 - Seat Front Up/Down Position Feedback Circuit Short to Battery B1960 - Seat Recline Forward/Backward Position Feedback Circuit Short to Battery B1964 - Seat Horizontal Forward/Rearward Position Feedback Circuit Short to BatteryIf a short to voltage or open circuit condition is present on the affected motor's position sensor (Hall-effect) feedback circuit, the DTC is set. After a DTC is set, a memory recall is not possible but the seat control switch can operate the associated motor in one-second increments.
B1953 - Seat Rear Up/Down Position Feedback Circuit Short to Ground B1957 - Seat Front Up/Down Position Feedback Circuit Short to Ground B1961 - Seat Recline Forward/Backward Position Feedback Circuit Short to Ground B1965 - Seat Horizontal Forward/Rearward Position Feedback Circuit Short to GroundIf a short to ground condition is present on the affected motor's position sensor (Hall-effect) feedback circuit, the DTC is set. After a DTC is set, a memory recall is not possible but the seat control switch can operate the associated motor in one-second increments.
B2084 - Memory SET Indicator Short to GroundIf a short to ground or open condition is present on the memory SET switch indicator output circuit, the DTC is set.

This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following

  1. Fuse
  2. Wiring, terminals or connectors
  3. Remote keyless entry (RKE) transmitter
  4. Memory SET switch
  5. Missing status information (controller area network [CAN] communication bus messages): Ignition switch status Gear selector position
  6. Seat track
  7. Power recliner mechanism
  8. DSM

Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.

Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

Note. The memory seat track position sensors are integral to the memory seat track motors. The memory seat track motor electrical connectors will connect to a seat track without the memory option. When installing a new seat track, make sure the correct memory or non-memory seat track is being installed.

Note. If a new DSM is installed, the driver seat, memory mirrors and power adjustable pedals (if equipped) must be operated in all directions through the full range of travel to avoid a premature stopping point occurrence after the vehicle is returned to the customer.

Note. Verify good battery condition before diagnosing the memory seat system. Poor battery condition may interfere with memory seat operation, even if vehicle starting is possible.

Scheme 48

Scheme 48: PINPOINT TEST L: THE MEMORY SEAT DOES NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY - DOES NOT OPERATE USING THE MEMORY SET

Scheme 49

Scheme 49

Scheme 50

Scheme 50

Scheme 51

Scheme 51

Scheme 52

Scheme 52

Scheme 53

Scheme 53

Scheme 54

Scheme 54

Scheme 55

Scheme 55

Scheme 56

Scheme 56

Scheme 57

Scheme 57

Scheme 58

Scheme 58
  1. L1 CHECK THE IGNITION KEY STATUS (KEYST) PID NOTE: The DSM monitors ignition switch and transmission gear selector position status messages communicated across the CAN. This information is required for correct memory seat operation. Ignition switch and transmission gear selector status should be verified by using a scan tool to monitor the available PID data before proceeding with memory seat diagnosis. Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger/DSM PID: Ignition Key Status (KEYST) Cycle the ignition switch in all positions while monitoring the DSM PID KEYST values. Do the PID states agree with the selected ignition switch positions? YES : Go to L2 . NO : To diagnose an ignition switch status concern, REFER to «STEERING COLUMN SWITCHES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/steering-column-switches/#steering-column-switches) article.
  2. L2 CHECK THE TRANSMISSION RANGE (TR) PID Key in ON position. Connect the diagnostic tool. Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger/PCM PID: Transmission Range (TR) Operate the transmission gear selector in all positions while monitoring the PCM PID TR values. Do the PID states agree with the selected transmission gear positions? YES : Go to L3 . NO : To diagnose a transmission gear selector status concern, REFER to «AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE/TRANSMISSION - 6F50»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/automatic-trans/#automatic-transmission-6f50) article.
  3. L3 RETRIEVE THE DSM DTCs Key in ON position. Using the switches, attempt to operate the memory seat, memory mirrors and adjustable pedals (if equipped) in all directions through the full range of travel. Place the memory seat, memory mirrors and adjustable pedals (if equipped) in central travel positions. Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DSM Self-Test/ Retrieve DTCs NOTE: The memory SET switch indicator is tested during the self-test and should illuminate then turn off when tested. Are any DTCs retrieved or does the memory SET LED fail to illuminate during the self-test? YES : If the memory SET LED fails to illuminate during the self-test, go to L5 . If DTC B2084, go to L7 . If DTCs B1952, B1956, B1960 and B1964 are all retrieved, go to L10 . If DTCs B1953, B1957, B1961 and B1965 are all retrieved, go to L10 . If DTC B1530, go to L5 . If DTC B1534, go to L5 . If DTC B1538, go to L5 . If DTC B1663, go to L11 . If DTC B1664, go to L14 . If DTC B1665, go to L17 . If DTC B1666, go to L20 . If DTC B1952, go to L14 . If DTC B1953, go to L14 . If DTC B1956, go to L11 . If DTC B1957, go to L11 . If DTC B1960, go to L20 . If DTC B1961, go to L20 . If DTC B1964, go to L17 . If DTC B1965, go to L17 . If DTC B1342, INSTALL a new DSM and CARRY OUT PMI. REFER to «MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/communication-devices/#multifunction-electronic-modules-system) article. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. For any other DSM DTCs, REFER to the «Driver Seat Module (DSM) DTC Table»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__driver-seat-module-dsm-dtc-table) in this article or Master DTC Table in «MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/communication-devices/#multifunction-electronic-modules-system) article. NO : Go to L4 .
  4. L4 MONITOR THE DSM PIDs AND CHECK THE DSM FOR CORRECT MEMORY SET SWITCH INPUTS Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger/DSM PIDs Memory Set Switch Status (MEM_S) Memory 1 recall switch status (MEM_1) Memory 2 recall switch status (MEM_2) Monitor the DSM PIDs MEM_S, MEM_1 and MEM_2 while activating the memory switch SET, recall 1 and recall 2 buttons. Do the PID values agree with the switch button positions? YES : Go to L10 . NO : Go to L5 .
  5. L5 CHECK THE MEMORY SET SWITCH Key in OFF position. Disconnect: Memory SET Switch C503 Using the following table to check the memory SET switch, measure the resistance between the memory SET switch pins, component side, while pressing the indicated switch buttons and compare the results to the table. Memory SET Switch Button Pins Ohms Recall 1 7 and 2 Less than 5 Recall 2 3 and 2 Less than 5 SET 4 and 2 Less than 5 NOTE: Refer to multimeter user's manual for testing diodes. Using the diode testing meter function and the following table, connect the meter leads to the memory SET switch pins, component side. Measure the voltages and compare the results to the table, to check the switch LED indicator. Positive Lead Negative Lead Volts Pin 2 Pin 8 Greater than 0.3 Pin 8 Pin 2 OL Is the memory SET switch OK? YES : Go to L6 . NO : INSTALL a new memory SET switch. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
  6. L6 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT GD133 (BK) TO THE MEMORY SET SWITCH Key in OFF position. Measure the resistance between memory SET switch C503-2, circuit GD133 (BK), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : Go to L7 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs.
  7. L7 CHECK THE MEMORY SET SWITCH CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO POWER Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C3226 Disconnect: Driver Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3065 Disconnect: DSM C341c WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Key in ON position. Measure the voltage between the following memory SET switch C503 pins, harness side and ground: Connector - Pin Circuit C503-3 CPS16 (YE) C503-4 CPS14 (GY/VT) C503-7 CPS15 (VT/WH) C503-8 CPS55 (YE/GY) Is any voltage indicated? YES : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to L8 .
  8. L8 CHECK THE MEMORY SET SWITCH CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Key in OFF position. Measure the resistance between the following memory SET switch C503 pins, harness side and ground: Connector - Pin Circuit C503-3 CPS16 (YE) C503-4 CPS14 (GY/VT) C503-7 CPS15 (VT/WH) C503-8 CPS55 (YE/GY) Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : Go to L9 . NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  9. L9 CHECK THE MEMORY SET SWITCH CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between the following memory SET switch C503 pins and DSM C341c pins: Memory SET Switch C503 - Pin Circuit DSM C341c - Pin C503-3 CPS16 (YE) C341c-17 C503-4 CPS14 (GY/VT) C341c-14 C503-7 CPS15 (VT/WH) C341c-16 C503-8 CPS55 (YE/GY) C341c-13 Are the resistances less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new DSM and CARRY OUT PMI. REFER to «MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/communication-devices/#multifunction-electronic-modules-system) article. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  10. L10 MONITOR THE DSM PIDS Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger/DSM PIDs NOTE: If the DSM detects a fault while carrying out this step, the associated motor may operate in 1-second intervals. Using the switches, operate the memory seat, memory mirrors and adjustable pedals in all directions through the full range of travel while monitoring the associated DSM PIDs: Driver Power Seat Front Up/Down Sense (SFNT_MT) Driver Power Seat Forward/Backward Sense (SFWD_MT Driver Power Seat Rear Up/Down Sense (SREARMT) Driver Power Seat Recline Sense (SRCL_MT) Driver Mirror Left/Right Sensor Pinpoint (DMIR_H) Driver Mirror Up/Down Sensor Pinpoint (DMIR_V) Passenger Power Mirror Horizontal Sense (PMIR_H) Passenger Power Mirror Vertical Sense (PMIR_V) Pedal Sensor (PEDLFWD) Does each PID indicate the sensor is operational throughout each associated motor's full range of travel (Sensed, verses Not sensed)? YES : INSTALL a new DSM and CARRY OUT PMI. REFER to «MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/communication-devices/#multifunction-electronic-modules-system) article. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. NO : If SFNT_MT PID indicates Not sensed , go to L11 . If SREARMT PID indicates Not sensed , go to L14 . If SFWD_MT PID indicates Not sensed , go to L17 . If SRCL_MT PID indicates Not sensed , go to L20 . For a memory mirror sensor concern, REFER to «REAR VIEW MIRRORS»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/mirrors/#rear-view-mirror-system) article. For an adjustable pedal sensor concern, REFER to «BRAKE SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/anti-locktraction-control/#brake-system-general-information) article.
  11. L11 CHECK FRONT HEIGHT MOTOR SENSOR CIRCUITS VPS10 (BU/GN) AND RPS13 (GN/OG) FOR A SHORT TO POWER Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C3226 Disconnect: Driver Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3065 Disconnect: DSM C341b Disconnect: Driver Seat Front Height Motor C382 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Key in ON position. Measure the voltage between driver seat front height motor C382-4, circuit VPS10 (BU/GN), harness side and ground; and between driver seat front height motor C382-3, circuit RPS13 (GN/OG), harness side and ground. Is any voltage indicated? YES : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to L12 .
  12. L12 CHECK FRONT HEIGHT MOTOR SENSOR CIRCUITS VPS10 (BU/GN) AND RPS13 (GN/OG) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Key in OFF position. Measure the resistance between driver seat front height motor C382-4, circuit VPS10 (BU/GN), harness side and ground; and between driver seat front height motor 382-3, circuit RPS13 (GN/OG), harness side and ground. Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : Go to L13 . NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  13. L13 CHECK FRONT HEIGHT MOTOR SENSOR CIRCUITS VPS10 (BU/GN) AND RPS13 (GN/OG) FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between driver seat front height motor C382-4, circuit VPS10 (BU/GN), harness side and DSM C341b-4, circuit VPS10 (BU/GN), harness side; and between driver seat front height motor C382-3, circuit RPS13 (GN/OG), harness side and DSM C341b-8, circuit RPS13 (GN/OG), harness side. Are the resistances less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat track assembly. REFER to «Seat Track - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-track-front) . REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  14. L14 CHECK REAR HEIGHT MOTOR SENSOR CIRCUITS VPS11 (GN/BU) AND RPS13 (GN/OG) FOR A SHORT TO POWER Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C3226 Disconnect: Driver Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3065 Disconnect: DSM C341b Disconnect: Driver Seat Rear Height Motor C363 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure the voltage between driver seat rear height motor C363-4, circuit VPS11 (GN/BU), harness side and ground; and between driver seat rear height motor C363-3, circuit RPS13 (GN/OG), harness side and ground. Is any voltage indicated? YES : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to L15 .
  15. L15 CHECK REAR HEIGHT MOTOR SENSOR CIRCUITS VPS11 (GN/BU) AND RPS13 (GN/OG) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Key in OFF position. Measure the resistance between driver seat rear height motor C363-4, circuit VPS11 (GN/BU), harness side and ground; and between driver seat rear height motor C363-3, circuit RPS13 (GN/OG), harness side and ground. Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : Go to L16 . NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  16. L16 CHECK REAR HEIGHT MOTOR SENSOR CIRCUITS VPS11 (GN/BU) AND RPS13 (GN/OG) FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between driver seat rear height motor C363-4, circuit VPS11 (GN/BN), harness side and DSM C341b-3, circuit VPS11 (GN/BN), harness side; and between driver seat rear height motor C363-3, circuit RPS13 (GN/OG), harness side and DSM C341b-8, circuit RPS13 (GN/OG), harness side. Are the resistances less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat track assembly. REFER to «Seat Track - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-track-front) . REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the circuit(s) in question. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  17. L17 CHECK HORIZONTAL MOTOR SENSOR CIRCUITS VPS09 (BN/BU) AND RPS13 (GN/OG) FOR A SHORT TO POWER Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C3226 Disconnect: Driver Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3065 Disconnect: DSM C341b Disconnect: Driver Seat Horizontal Motor C362 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure the voltage between driver seat horizontal motor C362-4, circuit VPS09 (BN/BU), harness side and ground; and between driver seat horizontal motor C362-3, circuit RPS13 (GN/OG), harness side and ground. Is any voltage indicated? YES : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to L18 .
  18. L18 CHECK HORIZONTAL MOTOR SENSOR CIRCUITS VPS09 (BN/BU) AND RPS13 (GN/OG) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Key in OFF position. Measure the resistance between driver seat horizontal motor C362-4, circuit VPS09 (BN/BU), harness side and ground; and between driver seat horizontal motor C362-3, circuit RPS13 (GN/OG), harness side and ground. Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : Go to L19 . NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  19. L19 CHECK HORIZONTAL MOTOR SENSOR CIRCUITS VPS09 (BN/BU) AND RPS13 (GN/OG) FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between driver seat horizontal motor C362-4, circuit VPS09 (BN/BU), harness side and DSM C341b-14, circuit VPS09 (BN/BU), harness side; and between driver seat horizontal motor C362-3, circuit RPS13 (GN/OG), harness side and DSM C341b-8, circuit RPS13 (GN/OG), harness side. Are the resistances less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat track assembly. REFER to «Seat Track - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-track-front) . REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  20. L20 CHECK RECLINER MOTOR SENSOR CIRCUITS VPS12 (GY/OG) AND RPS13 (GN/OG) FOR A SHORT TO POWER Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C3226 Disconnect: Driver Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3065 Disconnect: DSM C341b Disconnect: Driver Seat Recliner Motor C3187 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure the voltage between driver seat recliner motor C3187-4, circuit VPS12 (GY/OG), harness side and ground; and between driver seat recliner motor C3187-3, circuit RPS13 (GN/OG), harness side and ground. Is any voltage indicated? YES : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to L21 .
  21. L21 CHECK RECLINER MOTOR SENSOR CIRCUITS VPS12 (GY/OG) AND RPS13 (GN/OG) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Key in OFF position. Measure the resistance between driver seat recliner motor C3187-4, circuit VPS12 (GY/OG), harness side and ground; and between driver seat recliner motor C3187-3, circuit RPS13 (GN/OG), harness side and ground. Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : Go to L22 . NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  22. L22 CHECK RECLINER MOTOR SENSOR CIRCUITS VPS12 (GY/OG) AND RPS13 (GN/OG) FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between driver seat recliner motor C3187-4, circuit VPS12 (GY/OG), harness side and DSM C341b-20, circuit VPS12 (GY/OG), harness side; and between driver seat recliner motor C3187-3, circuit RPS13 (GN/OG), harness side and DSM C341b-8, circuit RPS13 (GN/OG), harness side. Are the resistances less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat recliner assembly. REFER to «Seat Recliner - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-recliner-front) . REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.

Pinpoint Test M: The Heated Seats are Inoperative - Driver and Front Passenger

Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Climate Controlled Seats for schematic and connector information.

The heated seat module receives ignition voltage feed on circuit CBP35 (YE/GY), battery voltage feed on circuit SBB22 (BN/RD) and is supplied ground on circuit GD148 (BK/YE). When ignition switched power is supplied and the driver heated seat button on the HVAC module is pressed, a momentary ground signal is sent to the heated seat module to command the system on or off. Upon receiving a signal, the heated seat module will decrease one setting (the sequence is high, low, off, high, etc.). The heated seat module is designed to remain on, heating the seat and maintaining temperature until switched off or a 10-minute time-out period occurs.

This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following

  1. Fuse(s)
  2. Wiring, terminals or connectors
  3. Backrest or cushion heater mat
  4. Heated seat module
  5. HVAC module

Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.

Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

Scheme 59

Scheme 59: PINPOINT TEST M: THE HEATED SEATS ARE INOPERATIVE - DRIVER AND FRONT PASSENGER

Scheme 60

Scheme 60

Scheme 61

Scheme 61
  1. M1 CHECK VOLTAGE TO THE HEATED SEAT MODULE Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Passenger Seat Side Air Bag C3227 Disconnect: Passenger Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3066 Disconnect: Heated Seat Module C3304 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Key in ON position. Measure voltage between: heated seat module C3304-2, circuit CBP35 (YE/GY), harness side and ground. heated seat module C3304-1, circuit SBB22 (BN/RD), harness side and ground. Are voltages greater than 10 volts? YES : Go to M2 . NO : VERIFY battery junction box (BJB) fuse 22 (20A) and smart junction box (SJB) fuse 35 (10A) are OK. If OK, REPAIR the affected circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. If not OK, refer to the Wiring Diagrams Manual to identify the possible causes of the circuit short. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  2. M2 CHECK HEATED SEAT MODULE GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN Key in OFF position. Measure resistance between heated seat module C3304-7, circuit GD148 (BK/YE), harness side and ground. Is resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : Go to M3 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  3. M3 CHECK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN Disconnect: Passenger Heated Seat Cushion C334 Measure resistance between heated seat module C3304-13, circuit RHS05 (YE/VT), harness side and passenger seat cushion heater mat C334-3, circuit RHS05 (YE/VT), harness side. Is resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new heated seat module. REFER to «Heated Seat Module - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226 and passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065 and passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.

Pinpoint Test N: The Heated Seat is Inoperative/Does Not Operate Correctly - Driver

Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Climate Controlled Seats for schematic and connector information.

The heated seat module receives ignition voltage on circuit CBP35 (YE/GY), battery voltage on circuit SBB22 (BN/RD) and is supplied ground on circuit GD148 (BK/YE). With the ignition ON and the driver heated seat button pressed, a momentary ground signal is sent from the HVAC module to the heated seat module on circuit CHS29 (WH/BU) to request the system on or off. The heated seat will decrease one setting with each button press (the sequence is high, low, off, high, etc.). The heated seat module supplies voltage to the cushion and backrest heater mats on heater circuit CHS02 (YE/BU). Ground to the heater mats is provided on circuit GD147 (BK/VT). The cushion and backrest heater mats are connected in series and operate together. The heated seat module regulates seat temperature by monitoring resistance of a thermistor type thermostat (part of the cushion heater mat) connected on circuits VHS26 (VT) and RHS05 (YE/VT). The heated seat module is designed to remain on, heating the seat and maintaining temperature until switched off.

The heated seat module monitors the heater output and thermistor circuits for fault detection but does not report DTCs and is not connected to the communication bus circuits. If an open circuit or short to ground occurs, the output is disabled to the heater mats and the heated seat indicators turn off. When a fault is detected, the heated seat module only disables the affected seat. While disabled, the heated seat indicators will flash once with each button press and the heated seat cannot be operated until the system is repaired. The ignition must be cycled OFF to reset the heated seat module from the detected fault.

This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following

  1. Fuse(s)
  2. Wiring, terminals or connectors
  3. Backrest or cushion heater mat
  4. Heated seat module
  5. HVAC module

Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition is ON.

Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

Scheme 62

Scheme 62: PINPOINT TEST N: THE HEATED SEAT IS INOPERATIVE/DOES NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY - DRIVER

Scheme 63

Scheme 63

Scheme 64

Scheme 64

Scheme 65

Scheme 65

Scheme 66

Scheme 66

Scheme 67

Scheme 67

Scheme 68

Scheme 68

Scheme 69

Scheme 69

Scheme 70

Scheme 70

Scheme 71

Scheme 71

Scheme 72

Scheme 72

Scheme 73

Scheme 73

Scheme 74

Scheme 74

Scheme 75

Scheme 75
  1. N1 CHECK VOLTAGE TO THE DRVER HEATED SEAT MODULE INPUT Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C3226 and Passenger Seat Side Air Bag C3227 Disconnect: Driver Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3065 and Passenger Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3066 Disconnect: Heated Seat Module C3304 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure voltage between heated seat module C3304-1, circuit SBB22 (BN/RD), harness side and ground. Is voltage greater than 10 volts? YES : Go to N2 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226 and passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065 and passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  2. N2 CHECK SEAT HEATER MATS RESISTANCE AND HEATER CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN Measure resistance between heated seat module C3304-9, circuit CHS02 (YE/BU), harness side and ground. Is resistance between 3.0 and 4.0 ohms? YES : Go to N10 . NO : Go to N3 .
  3. N3 CHECK HEATER MAT GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN Disconnect: Driver Seat Backrest Heater Mat C365 Measure resistance between driver seat backrest heater mat C365-1, circuit GD147 (BK/VT), harness side and ground. Is resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : Go to N4 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226 and passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065 and passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  4. N4 CHECK HEATED SEAT MATS FEED CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: Driver Seat Cushion Heater Mat C364 Measure resistance between: heated seat module C3304-9, circuit CHS02 (YE/BU), harness side and driver seat cushion heater mat C364-1, circuit CHS02 (YE/BU), harness side. heated seat module C3304-9, circuit CHS02 (YE/BU), harness side and ground. Is resistance less than 5 ohms between heated seat module and cushion heater mat and greater than 10,000 ohms between the heated seat module and ground? YES : Go to N5 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226 and passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065 and passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  5. N5 CHECK HEATED SEAT CUSHION HEATER MAT FOR AN OPEN NOTE: Heater mat resistance tolerances are tight. Resistance can vary with temperature. Measurements should be carried out with the seat at room temperature. Measure resistance between rear heated seat cushionC364 pin 1 and pin 4, component side. Is resistances between 1.8 and 2.2 ohms? YES : Go to N6 . NO : INSTALL a new cushion heater mat. REFER to «Seat Cushion Cover - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-cushion-cover-front) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C327. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C313. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  6. N6 CHECK SEAT CUSHION HEATER MAT FOR AN INTERMITTENT OPEN Carry out the following measurements with an occupant in the seat and check for an open heater mat with weight on the seat. Measure resistance between seat cushion heater mat C364 pins 1 and 4, component side. Is backrest heater mat resistance between 1.8 and 2.2 ohms with seat occupied? YES : Go to N7 . NO : INSTALL a new cushion heater mat. REFER to «Seat Cushion Cover - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-cushion-cover-front) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226 and passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065 and passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  7. N7 CHECK CIRCUIT CHS11 (VT/GN) FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Measure resistance between: driver seat cushion heater mat C364-4, circuit CHS11 (VT/GN), harness side and driver seat backrest heater mat C365-2, circuit CHS11 (VT/GN), harness side. driver seat cushion heater mat C364-4, circuit CHS11 (VT/GN), harness side and ground. Is resistance less than 5 ohms between C364-4 and C365-2, and greater than 10,000 ohms between C364-4 and ground? YES : Go to N8 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226 and passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065 and passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  8. N8 CHECK BACKREST HEATER MAT FOR AN OPEN Measure resistance between driver seat backrest heater mat C365 pins 1 and 2, component side. Is heater mat resistance between 1.4 and 1.7 ohms? YES : Go to N9 . NO : INSTALL a new heater mat. REFER to «Seat Cushion Cover - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-cushion-cover-front) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226 and passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065 and passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  9. N9 CHECK BACKREST HEATER MAT FOR AN INTERMITTENT OPEN Carry out the following measurements with an occupant in the seat and check for an open heater mat with weight on the seat. Measure resistance between seat backrest heater mat C365 pins 1 and 2, component side. Is backrest heater mat resistance between 1.4 and 1.7 ohms with seat occupied? YES : Go to N14 . NO : INSTALL a new heater mat. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226 and passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065 and passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  10. N10 CHECK TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE Key in ON position. Measure voltage between heated seat module C3304a-10, circuit VHS26 (VT), harness side and ground. Is any voltage present? YES : REPAIR the circuit. Go to N14 to check the temperature sensor for damage. If temperature sensor is OK, TEST the system for normal operation. If not OK, INSTALL a new driver seat cushion heater mat. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226 and passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065 and passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to N11 .
  11. N11 CHECK TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Key in OFF position. Measure resistance between: heated seat module C3304-10, circuit VHS26 (VT), harness side and C3304-13, circuit RHS05 (YE/VT), harness side. heated seat module C3304-13, circuit RHS05 (YE/VT), harness side and ground. Is resistance greater 300 and less than 300,000 ohms between C3304-10 and C3304-13 and greater than 10,000 ohms between C3304-13 and ground? YES : Go to N14 . NO : Go to N12 .
  12. N12 CHECK TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: Driver Seat Cushion Heater Mat C364 Measure resistance between: heated seat module C3304-10, circuit VHS26 (VT), harness side and rear seat cushion heater mat C364-2, circuit VHS26 (VT), harness side. heated seat module C3304-10, circuit VHS26 (VT), harness side and ground. Is resistance less than 5 ohms between C3304-10 and C364-2, and greater than 10,000 ohms between C3304-10 and ground? YES : Go to N13 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226 and passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065 and passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  13. N13 CHECK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN Measure resistance between: Is resistance less than 5 ohms between C3304-13 and C364-3? YES : INSTALL a new cushion heater mat. REFER to «Seat Cushion Cover - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-cushion-cover-front) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C327. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C313. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226 and passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065 and passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  14. N14 CHECK HEATED SEAT SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE Key in OFF position. Disconnect: HVAC Module C228b Key in ON position. Measure voltage between heated seat module C3304-12, circuit CHS29 (WH/BU), harness side and ground. Is any voltage present? YES : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226 and passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065 and passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to N15 .
  15. N15 CHECK HEATED SEAT SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Key in OFF position. Measure resistance between heated seat module C3304-12, circuit CHS29 (WH/BU), harness side and ground. Is resistance greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : Go to N16 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226 and passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065 and passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  16. N16 CHECK HEATED SEAT SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN Measure resistance between heated seat module C3304-12, circuit CHS29 (WH/BU), harness side and HVAC module C228b-6, circuit CHS29 (WH/BU), harness side. Is resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : Go to N17 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226 and passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065 and passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  17. N17 CHECK THE HVAC MODULE OUTPUT Connect: HVAC Module C228b Connect: Heated Seat Module C3304 Key in ON position. NOTE: The following measurement must be taken by back-probing the heated seat module C3304. NOTE: The voltage on circuit CHS29 (WH/BU) should drop momentarily when the driver heated seat control button is pressed. Measure voltage between heated seat module C3304-12, circuit CHS29 (WH/BU), harness side and ground by back-probing heated seat module C3304-12. Press the driver heated seat control button on the HVAC module and note the voltage. Is voltage greater than 10 volts before pressing the driver heated seat control button, then momentarily drops when the heated seat control button is pressed? YES : INSTALL a new heated seat module. REFER to «Heated Seat Module - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226 and passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065 and passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : If voltage is greater than 10 volts but did not drop when the driver heated seat button was pressed, INSTALL a new HVAC module. REFER to «CLIMATE CONTROL»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/manual-hvac-system/#hvac-control-system) article. If voltage is less than 10 volts, INSTALL a new heated seat module. REFER to «Heated Seat Module - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226 and passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065 and passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.

Pinpoint Test O: The Heated Seat is Inoperative/Does Not Operate Correctly - Front Passenger

Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Climate Controlled Seats for schematic and connector information.

The heated seat module receives ignition voltage on circuit CBP35 (YE/GY), battery voltage on circuit SBB22 (BN/RD) and is supplied ground on circuit GD148 (BK/YE). With the ignition ON and the passenger heated seat button is pressed, a momentary ground signal is sent from the HVAC module to the heated seat module on circuit CHS30 (GY/YE) to request the system on or off. The heated seat will decrease one setting with each button press (the sequence is high, low, off, high, etc.). The heated seat module supplies voltage to the cushion and backrest heater mats on heater circuit CHS07 (GY/BU). Ground to the heater mats is provided on circuit GD148 (BK/YE). The cushion and backrest heater mats are connected in series and operate together. The heated seat module regulates seat temperature by monitoring resistance of a thermistor type thermostat (part of the cushion heater mat) connected on circuits VHS27 (WH/OG) and RHS05 (YE/VT). The heated seat module is designed to remain on, heating the seat and maintaining temperature until switched off.

The heated seat module monitors the heater output and thermistor circuits for fault detection but does not report DTCs and is not connected to the communication bus circuits. If an open circuit or short to ground occurs, the output is disabled to the heater mats and the heated seat indicators turn off. When a fault is detected, the heated seat module only disables the affected seat. While disabled, the heated seat indicators will flash once with each button press and the heated seat cannot be operated until the system is repaired. The ignition must be cycled OFF to reset the heated seat module from the detected fault.

This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following

  1. Fuse(s)
  2. Wiring, terminals or connectors
  3. Backrest or cushion heater mat
  4. Heated seat module
  5. HVAC module

Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition is ON.

Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

Scheme 76

Scheme 76: PINPOINT TEST O: THE HEATED SEAT IS INOPERATIVE/DOES NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY - FRONT PASSENGER

Scheme 77

Scheme 77

Scheme 78

Scheme 78

Scheme 79

Scheme 79

Scheme 80

Scheme 80

Scheme 81

Scheme 81

Scheme 82

Scheme 82

Scheme 83

Scheme 83

Scheme 84

Scheme 84

Scheme 85

Scheme 85
  1. O1 CHECK VOLTAGE TO THE PASSENGER HEATED SEAT MODULE INPUT Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C3226 and Passenger Seat Side Air Bag C3227 Disconnect: Driver Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3065 and Passenger Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3066 Disconnect: Heated Seat Module C3304 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure voltage between heated seat module C3304-17, circuit SBB22 (BN/RD), harness side and ground. Is voltage greater than 10 volts? YES : Go to O2 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226 and passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065 and passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  2. O2 CHECK SEAT HEATER MATS RESISTANCE AND HEATER CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN Measure resistance between heated seat module C3304-8, circuit CHS07 (GY/BU), harness side and ground. Is resistance between 3.0 and 4.0 ohms? YES : Go to O10 . NO : Go to O3 .
  3. O3 CHECK HEATER MATS GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN Disconnect: Passenger Seat Backrest Heater Mat C335 Measure resistance between Passenger seat backrest heater mat C335-1, circuit GD148 (BK/YE), harness side and ground. Is resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : Go to O4 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226 and passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065 and passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  4. O4 CHECK HEATED SEAT MATS FEED CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: Passenger Seat Cushion Heater Mat C334 Measure resistance between: heated seat module C3304-8, circuit CHS07 (GY-BU), harness side and passenger seat cushion heater mat C334-1, circuit CHS07 (GY-BU), harness side. heated seat module C3304-8, circuit CHS07 (GY-BU), harness side and ground. Is resistance less than 5 ohms between heated seat module and cushion heater mat and greater than 10,000 ohms between the heated seat module and ground? YES : Go to O5 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226 and passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065 and passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  5. O5 CHECK SEAT CUSHION HEATER MAT FOR AN OPEN NOTE: Heater mat resistance tolerances are tight. Resistance can vary with temperature. Measurements should be carried out with the seat at room temperature. Measure resistance between rear heated seat cushionC334 pin 1 and pin 4, component side. Is resistances between 1.8 and 2.2 ohms? YES : Go to O6 . NO : INSTALL a new cushion heater mat. REFER to «Seat Cushion Cover - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-cushion-cover-front) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C327. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C313. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  6. O6 CHECK SEAT CUSHION HEATER MAT FOR AN INTERMITTENT OPEN Carry out the following measurements with an occupant in the seat and check for an open heater mat with weight on the seat. Measure resistance between seat cushion heater mat C334 pins 1 and 4, component side. Is backrest heater mat resistance between 1.8 and 2.2 ohms with seat occupied? YES : Go to O7 . NO : INSTALL a new cushion heater mat. REFER to «Seat Cushion Cover - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-cushion-cover-front) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226 and passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065 and passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  7. O7 CHECK CIRCUIT CHS12 (YE/GN) FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Measure resistance between: passenger seat cushion heater mat C334-4, circuit CHS12 YE/GN), harness side and passenger seat backrest heater mat C335-2, circuit CHS112 YE/GN), harness side. passenger seat cushion heater mat C334-4, circuit CHS112 YE/GN), harness side and ground. Is resistance less than 5 ohms between C334-4 and C335-2, and greater than 10,000 ohms between C334-4 and ground? YES : Go to O8 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226 and passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065 and passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  8. O8 CHECK BACKREST HEATER MAT FOR AN OPEN NOTE: Heater mat resistance tolerances are tight. Resistance can vary with temperature. Measurements should be carried out with the seat at room temperature. Measure resistance between passenger seat backrest heater mat C335 pins 1 and 2, component side. Is heater mat resistance between 1.4 and 1.7 ohms? YES : Go to O9 . NO : INSTALL a new heater mat. REFER to «Seat Cushion Cover - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-cushion-cover-front) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226 and passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065 and passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  9. O9 CHECK BACKREST HEATER MAT FOR AN INTERMITTENT OPEN Carry out the following measurements with an occupant in the seat and check for an open heater mat with weight on the seat. Measure resistance between seat backrest heater mat C335 pins 1 and 2, component side. Is backrest heater mat resistance between 1.4 and 1.7 ohms with seat occupied? YES : Go to O14 . NO : INSTALL a new heater mat. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226 and passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065 and passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  10. O10 CHECK TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE Key in ON position. Measure voltage between heated seat module C3304-16, circuit VHS27 (WH/OG), harness side and ground. Is any voltage present? YES : REPAIR the circuit. Go to O14 to check the temperature sensor for damage. If temperature sensor is OK, TEST the system for normal operation. If not OK, INSTALL a new passenger seat cushion heater mat. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226 and passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065 and passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to O11 .
  11. O11 CHECK TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Key in OFF position. Measure resistance between: heated seat module C3304-16, circuit VHS27 (WH/OG), harness side and C3304-13, circuit RHS05 (YE/VT), harness side. heated seat module C3304-13, circuit RHS05 (YE/VT), harness side and ground. Is resistance greater 300 and less than 300,000 ohms between C3304-16 and C3304-13 and greater than 10,000 ohms between C3304-13 and ground? YES : Go to O14 . NO : Go to O12 .
  12. O12 CHECK TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: Passenger Seat Cushion Heater Mat C334 Measure resistance between: heated seat module C3304-16, circuit VHS27 (WH/OG), harness side and rear seat cushion heater mat C334-2, circuit VHS27 (WH/OG), harness side. heated seat module C3304-16, circuit VHS27 (WH/OG), harness side and ground. Is resistance less than 5 ohms between C3304-16 and C334-2, and greater than 10,000 ohms between C3304-16 and ground? YES : Go to O13 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226 and passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065 and passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  13. O13 CHECK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN Measure resistance between: Is resistance less than 5 ohms between C3304-13 and C334-3? YES : INSTALL a new cushion heater mat. REFER to «Seat Cushion Cover - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-cushion-cover-front) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C327. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C313. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226 and passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065 and passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  14. O14 CHECK HEATED SEAT SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE Key in OFF position. Disconnect: HVAC Module C228b Key in ON position. Measure voltage between heated seat module C3304-15, circuit CHS30 (GY/YE), harness side and ground. Is any voltage present? YES : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226 and passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065 and passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to O15 .
  15. O15 CHECK CIRCUIT CHS30 (GY/YE) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Key in OFF position. Measure resistance between heated seat module C3304-15, circuit CHS30 (GY/YE), harness side and ground. Is resistance greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : Go to O16 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226 and passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065 and passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  16. O16 CHECK CIRCUIT CHS30 (GY/YE) FOR AN OPEN Measure resistance between heated seat module C3304-15, circuit CHS30 (GY/YE), harness side and HVAC module C228b-3, circuit CHS30 (GY/YE), harness side. Is resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : Go to O17 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226 and passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065 and passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  17. O17 CHECK THE HVAC MODULE OUTPUT Connect: HVAC Module C228b Connect: Heated Seat Module C3304 Key in ON position. NOTE: The following measurement must be taken by back-probing the heated seat module C3304. NOTE: The voltage on circuit CHS30 (GY/YE) should drop momentarily when the passenger heated seat control button is pressed. Measure voltage between heated seat module C3304-15, circuit CHS30 (GY/YE), harness side and ground by back-probing heated seat module C3304-15. Press the passenger heated seat control button on the HVAC module and note the voltage. Is voltage greater than 10 volts before pressing the passenger heated seat control button, then momentarily drops when the heated seat control button is pressed? YES : INSTALL a new heated seat module. REFER to «Heated Seat Module - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226 and passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065 and passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : If voltage is greater than 10 volts but did not drop when the passenger heated seat button was pressed, INSTALL a new HVAC module. REFER to «CLIMATE CONTROL»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/manual-hvac-system/#hvac-control-system) article. If voltage is less than 10 volts, INSTALL a new heated seat module. REFER to «Heated Seat Module - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver seat side air bag C3226 and passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT driver seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3065 and passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.

Pinpoint Test P: The Heated Seat Does Not Operate Correctly - Driver Seat Does Heat but the Heated Seat Indicator Does Not Illuminate

Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Climate Controlled Seats for schematic and connector information.

Upon receiving a signal from the HVAC module, the heated seat module will decrease one setting (the sequence is high, low, off, high, etc.). Circuits CHS04 (YE/GY) and CHS13 (VT/BN) between the heated seat module and HVAC module supply the control signals for the indicators to operate. When a heated seat is set to high, both LED indicators above the heated seat control button will illuminate. When a heated seat is set to low, only the left LED indicator will illuminate. When a heated seat is set to off, neither LED will be illuminated.

This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following

  1. Wiring, terminals or connectors
  2. Heated seat module
  3. HVAC module

Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.

Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

Scheme 86

Scheme 86: PINPOINT TEST P: THE HEATED SEAT DOES NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY - DRIVER SEAT DOES HEAT BUT THE HEATED S

Scheme 87

Scheme 87

Scheme 88

Scheme 88

Scheme 89

Scheme 89
  1. P1 CHECK HEATED SEAT INDICATOR CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Passenger Seat Side Air Bag C3227 Disconnect: Passenger Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3066 Disconnect: HVAC Module C228b Disconnect: Heated Seat Module C3304 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure resistance between: HVAC module C228b-7, circuit CHS04 (YE/GY), harness side and ground. HVAC module C228b-8, circuit CHS13 (VT/BN), harness side and ground. Are resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : Go to P2 . NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  2. P2 CHECK HEATED SEAT INDICATOR CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN Measure resistance between HVAC module C228b-7, circuit CHS04 (YE/GY), harness side and heated seat module C3304-5, circuit CHS04 (YE/GY), harness side; and between HVAC module C228b-8, circuit CHS13 (VT/BN), harness side and heated seat module C3304-4, circuit CHS13 (VT/BN), harness side. Are resistances less than 5 ohms? YES : Go to P3 . NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  3. P3 CHECK HEATED SEAT HIGH INDICATOR Connect: HVAC Module C228b Key in ON position. Connect a fused jumper lead between heated seat module C3304-4, circuit CHS13 (VT/BN), harness side and C3304-1, circuit SBB22 (BN/RD), harness side. Does driver heated seat HIGH indicator LED illuminate on the HVAC module? YES : Go to P4 . NO : INSTALL a new HVAC module. REFER to «CLIMATE CONTROL»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/manual-hvac-system/#hvac-control-system) article. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  4. P4 CHECK HEATED SEAT LOW INDICATOR Connect a fused jumper lead between heated seat module C3304-5, circuit CHS04 (YE/GY), harness side and C3304-1, circuit SBB22 (BN/RD), harness side. Does driver heated seat LOW indicator LED illuminate on the HVAC module? YES : INSTALL a new heated seat module. REFER to «Heated Seat Module - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : INSTALL a new HVAC module. REFER to «CLIMATE CONTROL»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/manual-hvac-system/#hvac-control-system) article. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.

Pinpoint Test Q: The Heated Seat Does Not Operate Correctly - Front Passenger Seat Does Heat but the Heated Seat Indicator Does Not Illuminate

Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Climate Controlled Seats for schematic and connector information.

Upon receiving a signal from the HVAC module, the heated seat module will decrease one setting (the sequence is high, low, off, high, etc.). Circuits CHS09 (GY) and CHS14 (GN) between the heated seat module and HVAC module supply the control signals for the indicators to operate. When a heated seat is set to high, both LED indicators above the heated seat control button will illuminate. When a heated seat is set to low, only the left LED indicator will illuminate. When a heated seat is set to off, neither LED will be illuminated.

This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following

  1. Wiring, terminals or connectors
  2. Heated seat module
  3. HVAC module

Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.

Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

Scheme 90

Scheme 90: PINPOINT TEST Q: THE HEATED SEAT DOES NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY - FRONT PASSENGER SEAT DOES HEAT BUT THE

Scheme 91

Scheme 91

Scheme 92

Scheme 92

Scheme 93

Scheme 93
  1. Q1 CHECK HEATED SEAT INDICATOR CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Passenger Seat Side Air Bag C3227 Disconnect: Passenger Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3066 Disconnect: HVAC Module C228b Disconnect: Heated Seat Module C3304 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure resistance between: HVAC module C228b-4, circuit CHS09 (GY), harness side and ground. HVAC module C228b-5, circuit CHS14 (GN), harness side and ground. Are resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : Go to Q2 . NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  2. Q2 CHECK HEATED SEAT INDICATOR CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN Measure resistance between HVAC module C228b-4, circuit CHS09 (GY), harness side and heated seat module C3304-3, circuit CHS09 (GY), harness side; and between HVAC module C228b-5, circuit CHS14 (GN), harness side and heated seat module C3304-6, circuit CHS14 (GN), harness side. Are resistances less than 5 ohms? YES : Go to Q3 . NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  3. Q3 CHECK HEATED SEAT HIGH INDICATOR Connect: HVAC Module C228b Key in ON position. Connect a fused jumper lead between heated seat module C3304-6, circuit CHS14 (GN), harness side and C3304-1, circuit SBB22 (BN/RD), harness side. Does passenger heated seat HIGH indicator LED illuminate on the HVAC module? YES : Go to Q4 . NO : INSTALL a new HVAC module. REFER to «CLIMATE CONTROL»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/manual-hvac-system/#hvac-control-system) article. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  4. Q4 CHECK HEATED SEAT HIGH INDICATOR Connect a fused jumper lead between heated seat module C3304-3, circuit CHS09 (GY), harness side and C3304-1, circuit SBB22 (BN/RD), harness side. Does passenger heated seat LOW indicator LED illuminate on the HVAC module? YES : INSTALL a new heated seat module. REFER to «Heated Seat Module - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : INSTALL a new HVAC module. REFER to «CLIMATE CONTROL»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/manual-hvac-system/#hvac-control-system) article. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C3227. CONNECT passenger seat safety belt buckle pretensioner C3066. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.

Pinpoint Test R: The Power Seat is Inoperative/Does Not Operate Correctly - Second Row, Power-Fold

Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Power Seats for schematic and connector information.

Each second row power-fold seat receives battery voltage from the smart junction box (SJB) circuit SBP18 (YE/RD) (hot at all times) and is connected to ground. The power-fold seat motors contain internal switching that operate the motor until it moves to the reset position and turns off. The demand lighting/battery saver voltage output circuit CLN09 (YE/GN) from the SJB provides the control signal voltage to each seat control switch. The seat control switches are momentary contact switches when pressed and held for at least one second supply switched voltage to the power-fold seat motor control circuit CPS56 (GN/BN) or CPS57 (GY/BN) to initiate a pull and release cycle. The power-fold seat motor retracts a release cable connected to the same mechanical release lever in the seat latch mechanism as the manual release pull strap. When the power-fold seat motor is cycled, the pull strap retraction and release/reset will be noticeable.

This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following

  1. Fuse(s)
  2. Wiring, terminals or connectors
  3. Power-fold switch
  4. Power-fold seat actuator

Note. Make sure the second row power-fold seats will manually release and latch before troubleshooting the electrical system.

Scheme 94

Scheme 94: PINPOINT TEST R: THE POWER SEAT IS INOPERATIVE/DOES NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY - SECOND ROW, POWER-FOLD

Scheme 95

Scheme 95

Scheme 96

Scheme 96

Scheme 97

Scheme 97

Scheme 98

Scheme 98

Scheme 99

Scheme 99

Scheme 100

Scheme 100
  1. R1 CHECK MANUAL RELEASE OPERATION OF THE SEAT Pull the release strap of the affected seat and check the manual release operation. Does the seat release manually? YES : Go to R2 . NO : DISASSEMBLE the seat as necessary to CHECK the cables and cable mounting for disconnection. CHECK latch release mechanism and latch feet for binding or damage. REPAIR as needed. TEST the system for normal operation.
  2. R2 CHECK THE INTERIOR DEMAND LIGHTING/BATTERY SAVER OPERATION Open any of the vehicle doors and check the interior courtesy lamp operation. Do the interior lamps illuminate when a door is opened? YES : Go to R3 . NO : REFER to «INTERIOR LIGHTING»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/interiorillumination-lights/#interior-lighting-system) article to diagnose the inoperative demand lighting/battery saver concern.
  3. R3 CHECK FOR VOLTAGE TO THE POWER-FOLD SEAT MOTORS Disconnect: LH Power-Fold Seat Motor C3345 or RH Power-Fold Seat Motor C3346 Measure the voltage between LH power-fold seat motor C3345-1 circuit SBP18 (YE/RD), harness side and ground; or between RH power-fold seat motor C3346-1 circuit SBP18 (YE/RD), harness side and ground. Is the voltage greater than 10 volts? YES : Go to R4 . NO : VERIFY SJB fuse 18 (20A) is OK. If the fuse is OK, REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
  4. R4 CHECK FOR AN OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT Measure the resistance between LH power-fold seat motor C3345-2 circuit GD147 (BK/VT), harness side and ground; or between RH power-fold seat motor C3346-2 circuit GD148 (BK/YE), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : Go to R5 . NO : REPAIR the circuit in question. TEST the system for normal operation.
  5. R5 CHECK FOR VOLTAGE FROM THE SEAT CONTROL SWITCH NOTE: If the demand lighting/battery saver system has timed out, close and re-open any of the vehicle doors to activate the system before measuring the voltage. Press and hold the LH or RH seat control switch and measure the voltage between LH power-fold seat motor C3345-3 circuit CPS56 (GN/BN), harness side and ground; or between RH power-fold seat motor C3346-3 circuit CPS57 (GY/BN), harness side and ground. Is the voltage greater than 10 volts? YES : INSTALL a new LH or RH power-fold seat motor. REFER to «Power-Fold Seat Motor»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation. NO : Go to R6 .
  6. R6 CHECK THE SEAT CONTROL SWITCH FOR VOLTAGE NOTE: If the demand lighting/battery saver system has timed out, close and re-open any of the vehicle doors to activate the system before measuring the voltage. Disconnect: LH Seat Control Switch C3343 or RH Seat Control Switch C3344 Measure the voltage between LH seat control switch C3343-3, circuit CLN09 (YE/GN), harness side and ground; or between RH seat control switch C3344-3, circuit CLN09 (YE/GN), harness side and ground. Is the voltage greater than 10 volts? YES : Go to R7 . NO : VERIFY SJB fuse 25 (10A) is OK. If the fuse is OK, REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
  7. R7 CHECK THE SEAT CONTROL SWITCH Measure the resistance between LH or RH seat control switch pins 3 and 4, component side, while operating the switch button on and off. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms with the switch on and greater than 10,000 ohms with the switch off? YES : Go to R8 . NO : INSTALL a new LH or RH seat control switch. TEST the system for normal operation.
  8. R8 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS56 (GN/BN) OR CPS57 (GY/BN) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE NOTE: If the demand lighting/battery saver system has timed out, close and re-open any of the vehicle doors to activate the system before measuring the voltage. Measure the voltage between LH seat control switch C3343-4, circuit CPS56 (GN/BN), harness side and ground; or between RH seat control switch C3344-4, circuit CPS57 (GY/BN), harness side and ground. Is any voltage present? YES : REPAIR the circuit in question. TEST the system for normal operation. NO : Go to R9 .
  9. R9 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS56 (GN/BN) OR CPS57 (GY/BN) FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND Measure the resistance between LH seat control switch C3343-4, circuit CPS56 (GN/BN), harness side and LH power-fold seat motor C3345-3, circuit CPS56 (GN/BN), harness side and between LH seat control switch C3343-4, circuit CPS56 (GN/BN), harness side and ground; or between RH seat control switch C3344-4, circuit CPS57 (GY/BN), harness side and RH power-fold seat motor C3346-3, circuit CPS57 (GY/BN), harness side and between RH seat control switch C3344-4, circuit CPS57 (GY/BN), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the seat control switch and power-fold seat motor and greater than 10,000 ohms between the seat control switch and ground? YES : The system checks OK at this time. CHECK all connections are clean and fully connected. TEST the system for normal operation. REPEAT the pinpoint test if the seat does not release. NO : REPAIR the circuit in question. TEST the system for normal operation.

Pinpoint Test S: The Power Seat is Inoperative - Second Row, Power-Fold Seat Does Not Latch to the Floor

Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Power Seats for schematic and connector information.

Each second row power-fold seat receives battery voltage from the smart junction box (SJB) circuit SBP18 (YE/RD) (hot at all times) and is connected to ground. The power-fold seat motors contain internal switching that operate the motor until it moves to the reset position and turns off. The demand lighting/battery saver voltage output circuit from the SJB provides the control signal voltage to each seat control switch. The seat control switches are momentary contact switches when pressed and held for at least one second supply switched voltage to the power-fold seat motor control circuit to initiate a pull and release cycle. The power-fold seat motor retracts a release cable connected to the same mechanical release lever in the seat latch mechanism as the manual release pull strap. When the power-fold seat motor is cycled, the pull strap retraction and release/reset will be noticeable.

This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following

  1. Fuse(s)
  2. Wiring, terminals or connectors
  3. Latch(es)
  4. Release cable(s)
  5. Latch release pull strap
  6. Power-fold seat actuator
  7. SJB
  1. S1 CHECK THE INTERIOR DEMAND LIGHTING/BATTERY SAVER OPERATION Open any of the vehicle doors and check the interior courtesy lamp operation. Check the electrical operation of the opposite seat release system to verify system voltage is present. Do the interior lamps illuminate when a door is opened? YES : If the opposite seat does not operate from the seat control switch, go to S3 . Otherwise, go to S2 . NO : REFER to «INTERIOR LIGHTING»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/interiorillumination-lights/#interior-lighting-system) article to diagnose the inoperative demand lighting/battery saver concern.
  2. S2 CHECK THE SEAT LATCH FEET FOR MANUAL MECHANICAL OPERATION Inspect both latch feet on the affected seat to make sure neither of the latches are closed and manually release them from the pull strap if needed. Check the seat release pull strap is not binding and holding the latches in a released state. Inspect the release cables for kinks or damage causing the cable(s) to bind. Check the cables and cable mounting for disconnection. Is a mechanical concern found? YES : DISASSEMBLE the seat as necessary to REPAIR the latch(es), cable(s) or release pull strap. TEST the system for normal operation. If the cause is not found, DETACH the power-fold release cable from the latch and RETEST the mechanical latch operation. If the latch(es) continue to be inoperative with the cable detached, INSTALL a new latch mechanism or latch foot/feet as needed. REASSEMBLE the seat and TEST for normal operation. If the seat will latch and manually release correctly with the power-fold seat motor cable disconnected, go to S3 . NO : Go to S3 .
  3. S3 CHECK FOR VOLTAGE TO THE POWER-FOLD SEAT MOTOR Disconnect: LH Power-Fold Seat Motor C3345 or RH Power-Fold Seat Motor C3346 Measure the voltage between LH power-fold seat motor C3345-1 circuit SBP18 (YE/RD), harness side and ground; or between RH power-fold seat motor C3346-1 circuit SBP18 (YE/RD), harness side and ground. Is the voltage greater than 10 volts? YES : Go to S4 . NO : VERIFY SJB fuse 18 (20A) is OK. If the fuse is OK, REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
  4. S4 CHECK FOR AN OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT Measure the resistance between LH power-fold seat motor C3345-2 circuit GD147 (BK/VT), harness side and ground; or between RH power-fold seat motor C3346-2 circuit GD148 (BK/YE), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new LH or RH power-fold seat motor. REFER to «Power-Fold Seat Motor»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation. NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.

Pinpoint Test T: The Heated Seats are Inoperative - Rear

Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Climate Controlled Seats for schematic and connector information.

The heated seat module receives battery voltage on circuit SBB05 (GY/RD) and ignition voltage on circuit CBP35 (YE/GY), and is supplied ground on circuit GD133 (BK). When the left rear heated seat control switch is pressed with the ignition switch in RUN or START, a ground is supplied on circuit CHS46 (YE/GN) to command the system on or off in high heat mode or circuit CHS47 (VT/GN) to command the system on or off in low heat mode. When the right rear heated seat control switch is pressed with the ignition switch in RUN or START, a ground is supplied on circuit CHS50 (BU/GY) to command the system on or off in high heat mode or circuit CHS51 (YE/GY) to command the system on or off in low heat mode. When commanded on, voltage is supplied to the heated seat switch from the heated seat module on either circuit CHS48 (YE) (left rear) or CHS52 (BU) (right rear) (high heat mode); or circuit CHS49 (VT) (left rear) or CHS53 (WH/BN) (right rear) (low heat mode) illuminating the switch indicator. The heated seat module also supplies voltage to the cushion and backrest heater mats on circuit CHS39 (GN/BU) (left rear) or CHS43 (GY/BU) (right rear) and ground to the heater mats on circuit GD147 (BK/VT) (left rear) or GD148 (BK/YE) (right rear). The cushion and backrest heater mats are connected in series and operate together. Temperature is maintained by the heated seat module using a sensor contained within the cushion heater mat. The heated seat module monitors the temperature sensors on circuit VHS42 (GN) (left rear) or VHS45 (GY/BN) (right rear) for adjusting the current flow to the heater mats and uses a ground supplied on circuit RHS41 (GN/BN). The heated seat module is designed to remain on, heating the seat and maintaining temperature until switched off or the ignition power is switched OFF.

This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following

  1. Fuse(s)
  2. Wiring, terminals or connectors
  3. Heated seat module

Scheme 101

Scheme 101

Scheme 102

Scheme 102

Scheme 103

Scheme 103
  1. T1 CHECK THE VOLTAGE TO THE HEATED SEAT MODULE Disconnect: Heated Seat Module C3162 Key in ON position. Measure the voltage between heated seat module C3162-2, circuit CBP35 (YE/GY), harness side and ground; and between heated seat module C3162-1, circuit SBB05 (GY/RD), harness side and ground. Are the voltages greater than 10 volts? YES : Go to T2 . NO : VERIFY battery junction box (BJB) fuse 5 (20A) and SJB fuse 35 (10A) are OK. If OK, REPAIR the affected circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
  2. T2 CHECK THE HEATED SEAT MODULE GROUND Key in OFF position. Measure the resistance between heated seat module C3162-7, circuit GD133 (BK), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : Go to T3 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
  3. T3 CHECK THE SENSOR RETURN CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO VOLTAGE Key in ON position. Measure the voltage between heated seat module C3162-13, circuit RHS41 (GN/BN), harness side and ground. Is voltage greater than 0.2 volt? YES : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. NO : Go to T4 .
  4. T4 CHECK THE SENSOR RETURN CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND Key in OFF position. Measure the resistance between heated seat module C3162-13, circuit RHS41 (GN/BN), harness side and ground. Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : Go to T5 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
  5. T5 CHECK THE SENSOR RETURN CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN Disconnect: Right Rear Heated Seat C3169 Measure the resistance between heated seat module C3162-13, circuit RHS41 (GN/BN), harness side and right rear heated seat C3169-3, circuit RHS41 (GN/BN), harness side. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new heated seat module. REFER to «Heated Seat Module - Rear»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation. NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.

Pinpoint Test U: The Heated Seat is Inoperative/Does Not Operate Correctly - Left Rear

Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Climate Controlled Seats for schematic and connector information.

The heated seat module receives battery voltage on circuit CBP35 (YE/GY) and ignition voltage on circuit SBB05 (GY/RD), and is supplied ground on circuit GD133 (BK). When the left rear heated seat control switch is pressed with the ignition switch in RUN or START, a ground is supplied on circuit CHS46 (YE/GN) to command the system on or off in high heat mode or circuit CHS47 (VT/GN) to command the system on or off in low heat mode. When commanded on, voltage is supplied to the heated seat switch from the heated seat module on either circuit CHS48 (YE) (high heat mode) or circuit CHS49 (VT) (low heat mode) illuminating the switch indicator. The heated seat module also supplies voltage to the cushion and backrest heater mats on circuit CHS39 (GN/BU) and ground to the heater mats on circuit GD147 (BK/VT). The cushion and backrest heater mats are connected in series and operate together. Temperature is maintained by the heated seat module using a sensor contained within the cushion heater mat. The heated seat module monitors the temperature sensor on circuit VHS42 (GN) for adjusting the current flow to the heater mats and uses a ground supplied on circuit RHS41 (GN/BN). The heated seat module is designed to remain on, heating the seat and maintaining temperature until switched off or the ignition power is switched OFF.

This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following

  1. Wiring, terminals or connectors
  2. Heated seat switch
  3. Heater mat
  4. Heated seat module

Scheme 104

Scheme 104: PINPOINT TEST U: THE HEATED SEAT IS INOPERATIVE/DOES NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY - LEFT REAR

Scheme 105

Scheme 105

Scheme 106

Scheme 106

Scheme 107

Scheme 107

Scheme 108

Scheme 108

Scheme 109

Scheme 109

Scheme 110

Scheme 110

Scheme 111

Scheme 111

Scheme 112

Scheme 112

Scheme 113

Scheme 113

Scheme 114

Scheme 114

Scheme 115

Scheme 115

Scheme 116

Scheme 116

Scheme 117

Scheme 117

Scheme 118

Scheme 118

Scheme 119

Scheme 119
  1. U1 CHECK CIRCUIT SBB05 (GY/RD) FOR VOLTAGE TO THE HEATED SEAT MODULE Disconnect: Heated Seat Module C3162 Measure the voltage between heated seat module C3162-1, circuit SBB05 (GY/RD) harness side and ground. Is the voltage greater than 10 volts? YES : Go to U2 . NO : VERIFY battery junction box (BJB) fuse 5 (20A) is OK. If the fuse is OK, REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
  2. U2 CHECK CIRCUIT CHS39 (GN/BU) FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: Left Rear Cushion Heater Mat C3167 Measure the resistance between left rear seat cushion heater mat C3167-1, circuit CHS39 (GN/BU), harness side and ground; and between C3167-1, circuit CHS39 (GN/BU), harness side and heated seat module C3162-9, circuit CHS39 (GN/BU), harness side. Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms between the left rear seat cushion heater mat and ground; and less than 5 ohms between the left rear seat cushion heater mat and the heated seat module? YES : Go to U3 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
  3. U3 CHECK CIRCUIT VHS42 (GN) FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND Measure the resistance between left rear seat cushion heater mat C3167-2, circuit VHS42 (GN), harness side and ground; and between C3167-2, circuit VHS42 (GN), harness side and heated seat module C3162-10, circuit VHS42 (GN) harness side. Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms between the left rear seat cushion heater mat and ground and less than 5 ohms between the left rear seat cushion heater mat and the heated seat module? YES : Go to U4 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
  4. U4 CHECK CIRCUIT RHS41 (GN/BN) FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND Measure the resistance between left rear seat cushion heater mat C3167-3, circuit RHS41 (GN/BN), harness side and ground; and between C3167-3, circuit RHS41 (GN/BN), harness side and heated seat module C3162-13, circuit RHS41 (GN/BN) harness side. Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms between the left rear seat cushion heater mat and ground and less than 5 ohms between the left rear seat cushion heater mat and the heated seat module? YES : Go to U5 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
  5. U5 CHECK CIRCUITS CHS39 (GN/BU), VHS42 (GN) AND RHS41 (GN/BN) FOR SHORT TO VOLTAGE Key in ON position. Measure the voltage between the following left rear seat cushion heater mat C3167 pins, harness side and ground: Connector - Pin Circuit C3167-1 CHS39 (GN/BU) C3167-2 VHS42 (GN) C3167-3 RHS41 (GN/BN) Are the voltages less than 0.2 volt? YES : Go to U6 . NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
  6. U6 CHECK THE BACKREST HEATER MAT GROUND CIRCUIT GD147 (BK/VT) FOR AN OPEN Key in OFF position. Disconnect: Left Rear Seat Backrest Heater Mat C3168 Measure the resistance between left rear seat backrest heater mat C3168-1, circuit GD147 (BK/VT), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : Go to U7 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
  7. U7 CHECK CUSHION HEATER MAT AND SENSOR FOR SHORT TO VOLTAGE Key in ON position. Measure the voltage between left rear seat cushion heater mat C3167 pin 1, component side and ground; and between left rear seat cushion heater mat C3167 pin 2, component side and ground. Are the voltages less than 0.2 volt? YES : Go to U8 . NO : INSTALL a new cushion heater mat. TEST the system for normal operation.
  8. U8 CHECK THE CUSHION HEATER MAT FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND Key in OFF position. Measure the resistance between left rear seat cushion heater mat C3167 pin 1, component side and ground; and between left rear seat cushion heater mat C3167 pin 1 and pin 4, component side. Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms between the left rear seat cushion heater mat and ground; and between 1.6 and 2.2 ohms between the left rear seat cushion heater mat pins 1 and 4? YES : Go to U9 . NO : INSTALL a new cushion heater mat. TEST the system for normal operation.
  9. U9 CHECK THE BACKREST HEATER MAT FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND Measure the resistance between left rear seat backrest heater mat connector pin 2, component side and ground; and between left rear seat backrest heater mat connector pin 2 and pin 1, component side. Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms between the left rear seat backrest heater mat and ground; and between 1.6 and 2.2 ohms between the left rear seat backrest heater mat pins? YES : Go to U10 . NO : INSTALL a new backrest heater mat. TEST the system for normal operation.
  10. U10 CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN BACKREST AND CUSHION HEATER MAT FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Measure the resistance between left rear seat cushion heater mat C3167-4, circuit CHS40 (GY/VT), harness side and left rear seat backrest heater mat C3168-2, circuit CHS40 (GY/VT), harness side; and between left rear seat cushion heater mat C3167-4, circuit CHS40 (GY/VT), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : Go to U11 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
  11. U11 CHECK THE CUSHION HEATER MAT TEMPERATURE SENSOR FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND Measure the resistance between left rear seat cushion heater mat C3167 pin 2 and pin 3, component side; and between left rear seat cushion heater mat C3167 pin 2, component side and ground. Is the resistance less than 300,000 ohms and greater than 50 ohms between left rear seat cushion heater mat pins; and greater than 10,000 ohms between left rear seat cushion heater mat and ground? YES : Go to U12 . NO : INSTALL a new cushion heater mat. TEST the system for normal operation.
  12. U12 CHECK CIRCUITS CHS46 (YE/GN) AND CHS47 (VT/GN) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE Disconnect: Left Rear Heated Seat Switch C3340 Key in ON position. Measure the voltage between heated seat module C3162-11, circuit CHS46 (YE/GN), harness side and ground; and between heated seat module C3162-12, circuit CHS47 (VT/GN), harness side and ground. Are the voltages less than 0.2 volt? YES : Go to U13 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
  13. U13 CHECK CIRCUITS CHS46 (YE/GN) AND CHS47 (VT/GN) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Key in OFF position. Measure the resistance between heated seat module C3162-11, circuit CHS46 (YE/GN), harness side and ground; and between heated seat module C3162-12, circuit CHS47 (VT/GN), harness side and ground. Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : Go to U14 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
  14. U14 CHECK BETWEEN CIRCUITS CHS46 (YE/GN) AND CHS47 (VT/GN) FOR A SHORT Measure the resistance between heated seat module C3162-11, circuit CHS46 (YE/GN), harness side and heated seat module C3162-12, circuit CHS47 (VT/GN), harness side. Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : Go to U15 . NO : REPAIR the shorted circuits. TEST the system for normal operation.
  15. U15 CHECK CIRCUITS CHS46 (YE/GN) AND CHS47 (VT/GN) FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between heated seat module C3162-11, circuit CHS46 (YE/GN), harness side and left rear heated seat switch C3340-6, circuit CHS46 (YE/GN), harness side; and between heated seat module C3162-12, circuit CHS47 (VT/GN), harness side and left rear heated seat switch C3340-2, circuit CHS47 (VT/GN), harness side. Are the resistances less than 5 ohms? YES : Go to U16 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
  16. U16 CHECK HEATED SEAT SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT GD133 (BK) Measure the resistance between left rear heated seat switch C3340-1, circuit GD133 (BK), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : Go to U17 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
  17. U17 CHECK THE REAR HEATED SEAT OPERATION USING ANOTHER SWITCH Connect the right rear heated seat switch to the left rear heated seat switch connector. Key in ON position. Check the left rear heated seat operation. Does the left rear heated seat operate correctly using the other switch? YES : INSTALL a new heated seat switch. REFER to «Heated Seat Switch - Rear»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation. NO : INSTALL a new heated seat module. REFER to «Heated Seat Module - Rear»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation.

Pinpoint Test V: The Heated Seat is Inoperative/Does Not Operate Correctly - Right Rear

Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Climate Controlled Seats for schematic and connector information.

The heated seat module receives battery voltage on circuit CBP35 (YE/GY) and ignition voltage on circuit SBB05 (GY/RD), and is supplied ground on circuit GD133 (BK). When the right rear heated seat control switch is pressed with the ignition switch in RUN or START, a ground is supplied on circuit CHS50 (BU/GY) to command the system on or off in high heat mode or circuit CHS51 (YE/GY) to command the system on or off in low heat mode. When commanded on, voltage is supplied to the heated seat switch from the heated seat module on either circuit CHS52 (BU) (high heat mode) or circuit CHS53 (WH/BN) (low heat mode) illuminating the switch indicator. The heated seat module also supplies voltage to the cushion and backrest heater mats on circuit CHS43 (GY/BU) and ground to the heater mats on circuit GD148 (BK/YE). The cushion and backrest heater mats are connected in series and operate together. Temperature is maintained by the heated seat module using a sensor contained within the cushion heater mat. The heated seat module monitors the temperature sensor on circuit VHS45 (GY/BN) for adjusting the current flow to the heater mats and uses a ground supplied on circuit RHS41 (GN/BN). The heated seat module is designed to remain on, heating the seat and maintaining temperature until switched off or the ignition power is switched OFF.

This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following

  1. Wiring, terminals or connectors
  2. Heated seat switch
  3. Heater mat
  4. Heated seat module

Scheme 120

Scheme 120: PINPOINT TEST V: THE HEATED SEAT IS INOPERATIVE/DOES NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY - RIGHT REAR

Scheme 121

Scheme 121

Scheme 122

Scheme 122

Scheme 123

Scheme 123

Scheme 124

Scheme 124

Scheme 125

Scheme 125

Scheme 126

Scheme 126
  1. V1 CHECK CIRCUIT SBB05 (GY/RD) FOR VOLTAGE TO THE HEATED SEAT MODULE Disconnect: Heated Seat Module C3162 Measure the voltage between heated seat module C3162-17, circuit SBB05 (GY/RD) harness side and ground. Is the voltage greater than 10 volts? YES : Go to V2 . NO : VERIFY battery junction box (BJB) fuse 5 (20A) is OK. If the fuse is OK, REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
  2. V2 CHECK CIRCUIT CHS43 (GY/BU) FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: Right Rear Cushion Heater Mat C3169 Measure the resistance between right rear seat cushion heater mat C3169-1, circuit CHS43 (GY/BU), harness side and ground; and between C3169-1, circuit CHS43 (GY/BU), harness side and heated seat module C3162-8, circuit CHS43 (GY/BU), harness side. Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms between the right rear seat cushion heater mat and ground; and less than 5 ohms between the right rear seat cushion heater mat and the heated seat module? YES : Go to V3 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
  3. V3 CHECK CIRCUIT VHS45 (GY/BN) FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND Measure the resistance between right rear seat cushion heater mat C3169-2, circuit VHS45 (GY/BN), harness side and ground; and between C3169-2, circuit VHS45 (GY/BN), harness side and heated seat module C3162-16, circuit VHS45 (GY/BN) harness side. Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms between the right rear seat cushion heater mat and ground; and less than 5 ohms between the right rear seat cushion heater mat and the heated seat module? YES : Go to V4 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
  4. V4 CHECK CIRCUIT RHS41 (GN/BN) FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND Measure the resistance between right rear seat cushion heater mat C3169-3, circuit RHS41 (GN/BN), harness side and ground; and between C3169-3, circuit RHS41 (GN/BN), harness side and heated seat module C3162-13, circuit RHS41 (GN/BN) harness side. Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms between the right rear seat cushion heater mat and ground; and less than 5 ohms between the right rear seat cushion heater mat and the heated seat module? YES : Go to V5 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
  5. V5 CHECK CIRCUITS CHS43 (GY/BU), VHS45 (GY/BN) AND RHS41 (GN/BN) FOR SHORT TO VOLTAGE Key in ON position. Measure the voltage between the following left rear seat cushion heater mat C3169 pins, harness side and ground: Connector - Pin Circuit C3169-1 CHS43 (GY/BU) C3169-2 VHS45 (GY/BN) C3169-3 RHS41 (GN/BN) Are the voltages less than 0.2 volt? YES : Go to V6 . NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
  6. V6 CHECK THE BACKREST HEATER MAT GROUND CIRCUIT GD148 (BK/YE) FOR AN OPEN Key in OFF position. Disconnect: Right Rear Seat Backrest Heater Mat C3170 Measure the resistance between right rear seat cushion backrest heater mat C3170-1, circuit GD148 (BK/YE), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : Go to V7 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
  7. V7 CHECK THE CUSHION HEATER MAT AND SENSOR FOR SHORT TO VOLTAGE Key in ON position. Measure the voltage between right rear seat cushion heater mat C3169 pin 1, component side and ground; and between right rear seat cushion heater mat C3169 pin 2, component side and ground. Are the voltages less than 0.2 volt? YES : Go to V8 . NO : INSTALL a new cushion heater mat. TEST the system for normal operation.
  8. V8 CHECK THE CUSHION HEATER MAT FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND Key in OFF position. Measure the resistance between right rear seat cushion heater mat C3169 pin 1, component side and ground; and between right rear seat cushion heater mat C3169 pin 1 and pin 4, component side. Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms between the right rear seat cushion heater mat and ground; and between 1.6 and 2.2 ohms between the right rear seat cushion heater mat pins 1 and 4? YES : Go to V9 . NO : INSTALL a new cushion heater mat. TEST the system for normal operation.
  9. V9 CHECK BACKREST HEATER MAT FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND Measure the resistance between right rear seat backrest heater mat connector pin 2, component side and ground; and between right rear seat backrest heater mat connector pin 2 and pin 1, component side. Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms between the right rear seat backrest heater mat and ground; and between 1.6 and 2.2 ohms between the right rear seat backrest heater mat pins? YES : Go to V10 . NO : INSTALL a new backrest heater mat. TEST the system for normal operation.
  10. V10 CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN BACKREST AND CUSHION HEATER MAT FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Measure the resistance between right rear seat cushion heater mat C3169-4, circuit CHS44 (GN/VT), harness side and right rear seat backrest heater mat C3170-2, circuit CHS44 (GN/VT), harness side; and between right rear seat cushion heater mat C3169-4, circuit CHS44 (GN/VT), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : Go to V11 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
  11. V11 CHECK THE CUSHION HEATER MAT TEMPERATURE SENSOR FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND Measure the resistance between right rear seat cushion heater mat C3169 pin 2 and pin 3, component side; and between right rear seat cushion heater mat C3169 pin 2, component side and ground. Is the resistance less than 300,000 ohms and greater than 50 ohms between right rear seat cushion heater mat pins; and greater than 10,000 ohms between right rear seat cushion heater mat and ground? YES : Go to V12 . NO : INSTALL a new cushion heater mat. TEST the system for normal operation.
  12. V12 CHECK CIRCUITS CHS50 (BU/GY) AND CHS51 (YE/GY) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE Disconnect: Right Rear Heated Seat Switch C3341 Key in ON position. Measure the voltage between heated seat module C3162-14, circuit CHS50 (BU/GY), harness side and ground; and between heated seat module C3162-15, circuit CHS51 (YE/GY), harness side and ground. Are the voltages less than 0.2 volt? YES : Go to V13 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
  13. V13 CHECK CIRCUITS CHS50 (BU/GY) AND CHS51 (YE/GY) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Key in OFF position. Measure the resistance between heated seat module C3162-14, circuit CHS50 (BU/GY), harness side and ground; and between heated seat module C3162-15, circuit CHS51 (YE/GY), harness side and ground. Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : Go to V14 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
  14. V14 CHECK BETWEEN CIRCUITS CHS50 (BU/GY) AND CHS51 (YE/GY) FOR A SHORT Measure the resistance between heated seat module C3162-14, circuit CHS50 (BU/GY), harness side and heated seat module C3162-15, circuit CHS51 (YE/GY), harness side. Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : Go to V15 . NO : REPAIR the circuits. TEST the system for normal operation.
  15. V15 CHECK CIRCUITS CHS50 (BU/GY) AND CHS51 (YE/GY) FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between heated seat module C3162-14, circuit CHS50 (BU/GY), harness side and right rear heated seat switch C3341-2, circuit CHS50 (BU/GY), harness side; and between heated seat module C3162-15, circuit CHS51 (YE/GY), harness side and right rear heated seat switch C3341-6, circuit CHS51 (YE/GY), harness side. Are the resistances less than 5 ohms? YES : Go to V16 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
  16. V16 CHECK HEATED SEAT SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT GD133 (BK) Measure the resistance between right rear heated seat switch C3341-1, circuit GD133 (BK), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : Go to V17 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
  17. V17 CHECK THE RIGHT REAR HEATED SEAT SWITCH Connect the left rear heated seat switch to the right rear heated seat switch connector. Key in ON position. Check the right rear heated seat operation. Does the right rear heated seat operate correctly? YES : INSTALL a new heated seat switch. REFER to «Heated Seat Switch - Rear»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation. NO : INSTALL a new heated seat module. REFER to «Heated Seat Module - Rear»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation.

Pinpoint Test W: The Heated Seat Does Not Operate Correctly - Left Rear Seat Does Heat but the Heated Seat Indicator Does Not Illuminate When Pressed

Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Climate Controlled Seats for schematic and connector information.

Pressing the left rear heated seat switch once in either the high or low mode will commanded on the left rear heated seat. Voltage is then supplied to the left rear heated seat switch from the heated seat module on either circuit CHS48 (YE) (high heat mode) or circuit CHS49 (VT) (low heat mode) illuminating the switch indicator. Pressing the left rear heated seat switch again in the mode that is currently on will set the left rear heated seat to off and also turn that LED off.

This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following

  1. Wiring, terminals or connectors
  2. Heated seat switch
  3. Heated seat module

Scheme 127

Scheme 127: PINPOINT TEST W: THE HEATED SEAT DOES NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY - LEFT REAR SEAT DOES HEAT BUT THE HEATE

Scheme 128

Scheme 128

Scheme 129

Scheme 129

Scheme 130

Scheme 130
  1. W1 CHECK CIRCUITS CHS49 (VT) AND CHS48 (YE) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: Left Rear Heated Seat Switch C3340 Disconnect: Heated Seat Module C3162 Measure the resistance between heated seat module C3162-5, circuit CHS49 (VT), harness side and ground; and between heated seat module C3162-4, circuit CHS48 (YE), harness side and ground. Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : Go to W2 . NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
  2. W2 CHECK CIRCUITS CHS49 (VT) AND CHS48 (YE) FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between left rear heated seat switch C3340-3, circuit CHS49 (VT), harness side and heated seat module C3162-5, circuit CHS49 (VT), harness side; and between left rear heated seat switch C3340-4, circuit CHS48 (YE), harness side and heated seat module C3162-4, circuit CHS48 (YE), harness side. Are the resistances less than 5 ohms? YES : Go to W3 . NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
  3. W3 CHECK THE HEATED SEAT HIGH INDICATOR Connect: Left Rear Heated Seat Switch C3340 Key in ON position. Connect a fused jumper lead between heated seat module C3162-4, circuit CHS48 (YE), harness side and C3162-1, circuit SBB05 (GY/RD), harness side. Does the high indicator LED illuminate on the left rear heated seat switch? YES : Go to W4 . NO : INSTALL a new rear heated seat switch. REFER to «Heated Seat Switch - Rear»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation.
  4. W4 CHECK THE HEATED SEAT LOW INDICATOR Connect a fused jumper lead between heated seat module C3162-5, circuit CHS49 (VT), harness side and C3162-1, circuit SBB05 (GY/RD), harness side. Does the low indicator LED illuminate on the left rear heated seat switch? YES : INSTALL a new heated seat module. REFER to «Heated Seat Module - Rear»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation. NO : INSTALL a new rear heated seat switch. REFER to «Heated Seat Switch - Rear»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation.

Pinpoint Test X: The Heated Seat Does Not Operate Correctly - Right Rear Seat Does Heat but the Heated Seat Indicator Does Not Illuminate When Pressed

Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Climate Controlled Seats for schematic and connector information.

Pressing the right rear heated seat switch once in either the high or low mode will commanded on the left rear heated seat. Voltage is then supplied to the left rear heated seat switch from the heated seat module on either circuit CHS52 (BU) (high heat mode) or circuit CHS53 (WH/BN) (low heat mode) illuminating the switch indicator. Pressing the right rear heated seat switch again in the mode that is currently on will set the right rear heated seat to off and also turn that LED off.

This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following

  1. Wiring, terminals or connectors
  2. Heated seat switch
  3. Heated seat module

Scheme 131

Scheme 131: PINPOINT TEST X: THE HEATED SEAT DOES NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY - RIGHT REAR SEAT DOES HEAT BUT THE HEAT

Scheme 132

Scheme 132

Scheme 133

Scheme 133

Scheme 134

Scheme 134
  1. X1 CHECK CIRCUITS CHS53 (WH/BN) AND CHS52 (BU) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: Right Rear Heated Seat Switch C3341 Disconnect: Heated Seat Module C3162 Measure the resistance between heated seat module C3162-3, circuit CHS53 (WH/BN), harness side and ground; and between heated seat module C3162-6, circuit CHS52 (BU), harness side and ground. Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : Go to X2 . NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
  2. X2 CHECK CIRCUITS CHS53 (WH/BN) AND CHS52 (BU) FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between right rear heated seat switch C3341-4, circuit CHS53 (WH/BN), harness side and heated seat module C3162-3, circuit CHS53 (WH/BN), harness side; and between right rear heated seat switch C3341-3, circuit CHS52 (BU), harness side and heated seat module C3162-6, circuit CHS52 (BU), harness side. Are the resistances less than 5 ohms? YES : Go to X3 . NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
  3. X3 CHECK THE HEATED SEAT HIGH INDICATOR Connect: Right Rear Heated Seat Switch C3341 Key in ON position. Connect a fused jumper lead between heated seat module C3162-6, circuit CHS52 (BU), harness side and C3162-1, circuit SBB05 (GY/RD), harness side. Does the high indicator LED illuminate on the right rear heated seat switch? YES : Go to X4 . NO : INSTALL a new rear heated seat switch. REFER to «Heated Seat Switch - Rear»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation.
  4. X4 CHECK THE HEATED SEAT LOW INDICATOR Connect a fused jumper lead between heated seat module C3162-3, circuit CHS53 (WH/BN), harness side and C3162-17, circuit SBB05 (GY/RD), harness side. Does the low indicator LED illuminate on the right rear heated seat switch? YES : INSTALL a new heated seat module. REFER to «Heated Seat Module - Rear»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation. NO : INSTALL a new rear heated seat switch. REFER to «Heated Seat Switch - Rear»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation.

Pinpoint Test Y: The Heated Seat Does Not Operate Correctly - Left Rear Seat Does Heat but the Heated Seat Indicator is On All the Time

Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Climate Controlled Seats for schematic and connector information.

Pressing the left rear heated seat switch once in either the high or low mode will commanded on the left rear heated seat. Voltage is then supplied to the left rear heated seat switch from the heated seat module on either circuit CHS48 (YE) (high heat mode) or circuit CHS49 (VT) (low heat mode) illuminating the switch indicator. Pressing the left rear heated seat switch again in the mode that is currently on will set the left rear heated seat to off and also turn that LED off.

This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following

  1. Wiring, terminals or connectors
  2. Heated seat module
  1. Y1 CHECK CIRCUITS CHS49 (VT) AND CHS48 (YE) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE Disconnect: Heated Seat Module C3162 Did the affected high or low indicator LED turn off when the heated seat module was disconnected? YES : INSTALL a new heated seat module. REFER to «Heated Seat Module - Rear»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation. NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.

Pinpoint Test Z: The Heated Seat Does Not Operate Correctly - Right Rear Seat Does Heat but the Heated Seat Indicator is On All the Time

Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Climate Controlled Seats for schematic and connector information.

Pressing the right rear heated seat switch once in either the high or low mode will commanded on the left rear heated seat. Voltage is then supplied to the left rear heated seat switch from the heated seat module on either circuit CHS52 (BU) (high heat mode) or circuit CHS53 (WH/BN) (low heat mode) illuminating the switch indicator. Pressing the right rear heated seat switch again in the mode that is currently on will set the right rear heated seat to off and also turn that LED off.

This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following

  1. Wiring, terminals or connectors
  2. Heated seat module
  1. Z1 CHECK CIRCUITS CHS53 (WH/BN) AND CHS52 (BU) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE Disconnect: Heated Seat Module C3162 Did the affected high or low indicator LED turn off when the heated seat module was disconnected? YES : INSTALL a new heated seat module. REFER to «Heated Seat Module - Rear»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation. NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.

The driver seat module (DSM) receives a key out command over the medium-speed controller area network (MS-CAN) communication network and powers the driver seat rearward about 51 mm (2 in).

This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following

  1. Easy entry/exit feature is not enabled
  2. Missing status information (controller area network [CAN] communication bus messages) to the DSM: ignition switch status gear selector position
  3. Wiring, terminals or connectors
  4. Faulty key-in-ignition warning switch
  5. Faulty DSM

PINPOINT TEST AA: EASY EXIT/EASY ENTRY IS INOPERATIVE/DOES NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY

Note. Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

Note. Verify good battery condition before diagnosing the memory seat system. Poor battery condition may interfere with memory seat operation, even if vehicle starting is possible.

Note. The transmission gear selector must be in PARK and the driver seat must be at least 51 mm (2 in) from its rear stopping point for the easy entry/exit feature to function.

Note. The DSM monitors ignition switch and transmission gear selector position status messages communicated across the CAN. This information is required for correct memory seat operation. Ignition switch and transmission gear selector status should be verified by using a scan tool to monitor the available PID data before proceeding with memory seat diagnosis.

Note. The smart junction box (SJB) may also be identified as generic electronic module (GEM).

Note. If a new DSM is installed, the driver seat, memory mirrors and power adjustable pedals (if equipped) must be operated in all directions through the full range of travel to avoid a premature stopping point occurrence after the vehicle is returned to the customer.

  1. AA1 CHECK FOR EASY ENTRY FEATURE ENABLE AND DRIVER POWER SEAT OPERATION Key in ON position. Check the message center to verify the EASY ENTRY feature is enabled. Select the EASY ENTRY feature using the SETUP button. If enabled, '(ON)' should be displayed. If not select (ON) using the RESET button. Using the seat control switch, verify the driver power seat operates fully forward and rearward. Is the EASY ENTRY feature enabled and the seat operating horizontally using the seat control switch? YES : RE-POSITION the seat at least 51 mm (2 in) from its rear stopping point and Go to AA2 . NO : If disabled, ENABLE the easy entry/exit feature. TEST the system for normal operation. If OK, INSTRUCT the customer on correct feature operation. If the seat does not move horizontally using the seat control switch, go to «Pinpoint Test K»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__pinpoint-test-k-the-memory-seat) .
  2. AA2 CHECK THE DSM FOR DTCs Connect the diagnostic tool. Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: Driver Seat Module (DSM) Self Test/Retrieve DTCs Are any DSM DTCs retrieved? YES : REFER to the «Driver Seat Module (DSM) DTC Table»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__driver-seat-module-dsm-dtc-table) . NO : Go to AA3 .
  3. AA3 CHECK THE TRANSMISSION RANGE (TR) PID Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger/PCM PID: Transmission Range (TR) Monitor the PCM PID TR value with the transmission gear selector in PARK. Does the PID state agree with the selected transmission gear PARK position? YES : Go to AA4 . NO : To diagnose a transmission gear selector status concern, REFER to «AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE/TRANSMISSION - 6F50»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/automatic-trans/#automatic-transmission-6f50) article.
  4. AA4 CHECK THE IGNITION SWITCH POSITION (IGN_SW) PID Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger/GEM (SJB) PIDs Monitor the GEM (SJB) PID IGN_SW with the key in and out of the ignition switch. Does the PID agree with the key positions (KEY IN and KEY OUT)? YES : INSTALL a new DSM and CARRY OUT programmable module installation (PMI). REFER to «MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/communication-devices/#multifunction-electronic-modules-system) article. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. NO : To diagnose the key-in-ignition warning switch fault, REFER to «INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC), MESSAGE CENTER, AND WARNING CHIMES»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/gauges-instrument-panels/#information-center) article.

The seat recliner contains a safety mechanism to prevent the backrest from being raised upright until the seat latches are latched to the strikers on the floor. When the backrest is folded down, the safety mechanism is engaged by the cable attached to the outboard latch foot and outboard recliner. The safety mechanism is disengaged when the seat latch feet are completely locked around the strikers allowing the backrest to be raised upright.

The safety belt retractor in the backrest uses a stop button in the safety belt webbing to prevent the webbing from retracting too far into the retractor. If the web stop button is damaged or missing and the seat backrest is lowered, the safety belt webbing may retract farther than intended and may also prevent the backrest from being raised fully upright. A service kit is available for web stop button installation.

This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following

  1. Safety belt web stop button missing
  2. Inboard recliner
  3. Outboard recliner

PINPOINT TEST AB: THE SEAT BACKREST WILL NOT FOLD UPRIGHT - SECOND ROW, 60 PERCENT

  1. AB1 CHECK IF SAFETY BELT WEB STOP BUTTON IS PRESENT Check the safety belt webbing for the web stop button at the retractor bezel on the top of the backrest. Is the web stop button present on the safety belt webbing? YES : DISASSEMBLE as necessary to CHECK for disconnected or damaged cables or damaged RH or LH recliner. INSTALL new components as needed. TEST the system for normal operation. NO : INSTALL a new safety belt web stop button and follow all the instruction steps with the kit. TEST the system for normal operation.

Pulling the seat recliner handle releases the backrest for recline positions and to fold down. When the backrest is folded fully down, pulling the recliner handle again to the second stop position releases the seat latch feet from the strikers for the E-Z entry position. The inboard and outboard recliners operate in a synchronized manner and both will lock the backrest when upright. The outboard recliner is released directly by the recliner lever while the inboard recliner is released by a cable attached to the recliner lever.

This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following

  1. Recliner cable disconnected or damaged
  2. Outboard recliner
  3. Inboard recliner

PINPOINT TEST AC: THE SEAT BACKREST WILL NOT FOLD DOWN - SECOND ROW, 60 PERCENT

  1. AC1 CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT OPERATION OR BINDING RELEASE NOTE: The backrest must be folded flat before the floor latches can be released. Make sure there are no objects on the seat before lowering the backrest(s). Failure to follow this instruction may cause damage or incorrect operation of the seat. Operate the recline handle and check for intermittent operation or if excessive force is required to release the backrest. If the backrest remains stuck in the upright position, push rearward on the seat backrest while operating the recline handle in both directions. Does the seat fold intermittently or is excessive force on the recline handle required to release the backrest? YES : INSTALL a new RH recliner (inboard). REFER to «Seat Recliner - Inboard, Second Row, 60 Percent, Taurus X»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation. NO : Go to AC2 .
  2. AC2 CHECK THE LH RECLINER AND CABLES FOR DAMAGE Remove the LH recliner outer cover (outboard) and check for foreign objects, disconnected or damaged cables or obvious damage to the LH recliner. Pull the release strap and check the LH recliner operation. The release lever should move smoothly in both directions without binding and return to the rest position with light spring tension. With the strap pulled, the backrest should move forward and rearward in all the recline positions. With the backrest fully upright, release strap pulled fully rearward and with forward pressure applied to the backrest, the LH side of the backrest should move slightly forward beyond the stopping point. Is there any foreign object, disconnected or damaged cables or obvious damage to the LH recliner found? YES : INSTALL a new RH recliner (inboard). Do not re-use the original cable. REFER to «Seat Recliner - Inboard, Second Row, 60 Percent, Taurus X»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation. NO : REPAIR or INSTALL new components as needed. TEST the system for normal operation.

Pulling the seat recliner handle releases the backrest for recline positions and to fold down. When the backrest is folded fully down, pulling the recliner handle again to the second stop position releases the seat latch feet from the strikers for the E-Z entry position. The inboard and outboard recliners operate in a synchronized manner and both will lock the backrest when upright. When folding the backrest down, the outboard recliner is released directly by the recliner lever while the inboard recliner is released by a cable attached to the outboard recliner. If the backrest is not folded all the way down, the seat will not release to the E-Z entry position.

The seat recliner contains a safety mechanism to prevent the backrest from being raised upright until the seat latches are latched to the strikers on the floor. When the backrest is folded down, the safety mechanism is engaged by the cable attached to the inboard latch foot and outboard recliner. The safety mechanism is disengaged when the seat latch feet are completely locked around the strikers allowing the backrest to be raised upright.

This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following

  1. Recliner cable disconnected or damaged
  2. Recliner

PINPOINT TEST AD: THE SEAT BACKREST WILL NOT FOLD DOWN/FOLD UPRIGHT - SECOND ROW, 40 PERCENT (RH OR LH)

  1. AD1 CHECK THE OUTBOARD RECLINER AND CABLES FOR DAMAGE Remove the outboard recliner outer cover and check for foreign objects, disconnected or damaged cables or obvious damage to the outboard recliner. Pull the release strap and check the outboard recliner operation. The release lever should move smoothly in both directions without binding and return to the rest position with light spring tension. With the strap pulled, the backrest should move forward and rearward in all the recline positions. With the backrest fully upright, release strap pulled fully rearward and with forward pressure applied to the backrest, the backrest should move slightly forward beyond the stopping point. Is there any foreign object, disconnected or damaged cables or obvious damage to the outboard recliner found? YES : REPAIR any disconnected or damaged cables or damaged RH or LH recliner. INSTALL new components as needed. TEST the system for normal operation. NO : Go to AD2 .
  2. AD2 CHECK THE RECLINER HANDLE POSITION Check if the recline handle is pointing downward instead of forward as compared the handle position of the 60 percent seat. Is the recline handle pointing downward? YES : INSTALL a new outboard recliner. REFER to «Seat Recliner - Second Row, 40 Percent, Taurus X»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation. NO : DISASSEMBLE as necessary to CHECK for disconnected or damaged cables or damaged recliners. INSTALL new components as needed. TEST the system for normal operation.

Programming Memory Positions

Note. Memory positions can be stored at any time.

Note. Verify good battery condition before diagnosing the memory seat system. Poor battery condition may interfere with memory seat operation, even if vehicle starting is possible.

  1. To set memory position(s) move the memory driver seat, memory exterior mirrors (if equipped), memory adjustable pedals (if equipped) and memory tilt steering column (if equipped) to the preferred position using the appropriate switch(es).
  2. Press the memory SET switch button, activating the memory SET switch LED (if equipped).
  3. Within 5 seconds (before the LED goes out) (if equipped), press memory SET switch button 1 or 2.
  4. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 to initiate another memory position setting.

Recalling a Stored Memory Position

Note. A memory recall can be initiated only if the vehicle is in PARK or NEUTRAL gear and the ignition switch is not in START. A memory recall in progress will not be affected by moving the ignition switch to START or by moving the gearshift lever out of PARK or NEUTRAL.

Note. Input from the driver seat control switch, memory SET switch, adjustable pedal control switch (if equipped), exterior mirror control switch (if equipped) or power tilt steering column switch (if equipped) during a memory recall will abort the memory recall.

  1. The driver can recall the desired memory driver seat, memory exterior mirror (if equipped), memory adjustable pedal (if equipped) and memory tilt steering column (if equipped) positions by depressing either memory SET switch button 1 or 2. Depressing memory SET switch button 1 will initiate a recall of the positions stored for Memory 1. Depressing memory SET switch button 2 will initiate a recall of the positions stored for Memory 2.

Seat - Front

Note. RH shown, LH similar.

Scheme 135

Scheme 135: Seat - Front
ItemPart NumberDescription
166414Cushion side shield cover
2Belt tension sensor (BTS) electrical connector (part of 611B08) (passenger seat only)
3W520113Safety belt anchor nut
4Safety belt anchor with BTS (part of 611B08 RH)/ without BTS (part of 611B09 LH)
5622A00Seat-to-floor bolt cover, outboard
6622A68Seat-to-floor bolt cover, inboard
7W709428Seat-to-floor bolts
8W709622Seat rear mounting bolts
9Electrical connectors (part of 14A464)
1060016Passenger seat assembly
11Side impact protection system (SIPS)

REMOVAL

WARNINGNever probe the electrical connectors on air bag, safety canopy or side air curtain modules. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of these modules, which increases the risk of serious personal injury or death.
WARNINGNever probe the electrical connectors on safety belt buckle/retractor pretensioners or adaptive load limiting retractors. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the safety belt pretensioners or adaptive load limiting retractors, which increases the risk of serious personal injury or death.
CAUTIONUse care when handling the seat and track assembly. Dropping the assembly or sitting on a seat not secured in the vehicle may result in damaged components.

Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraint control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.

Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

All seats

  1. Position the seat to access all the seat-to-floor bolts and the safety belt anchor.
  2. Depower the SRS. For additional information, refer to SRS Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  3. Slide up and remove the cushion side shield cover.
  4. Remove the nut and separate the safety belt anchor (driver seat) or safety belt anchor with belt tension sensor (BTS) (passenger seat) from the seat mounting stud. If passenger seat, disconnect the BTS electrical connector. Pull the safety belt anchor through the seat side shield to allow for seat removal.
  5. Pull out and remove the 2 seat-to-floor bolt covers.
  6. Remove the 2 seat-to-floor bolts.
  7. Remove the 2 seat rear mounting bolts.
  8. Tip the seat and disconnect the seat electrical connector(s). If power seat, release the pin-type retainer and detach the wiring harness from the seat.
  9. Tip the seat and disconnect the memory seat electrical connector. Pinch the locking tab toward the lever to release the lever. Pivot the lever all the way back and disconnect the electrical connector.
  10. Remove the seat. Fold the passenger seat forward to aid in removal.

INSTALLATION

CAUTIONInspect the side impact protection system (SIPS) in the area of seat mounting for damage and distortion before installing the seat(s). Failure to follow this instruction may result in the seat fasteners not being correctly installed. Refer to BODY REPAIRS article, (side impact reinforcement) for additional removal and installation SIPS information.

All seats

  1. Position the seat in the vehicle.
  2. Connect the seat electrical connector(s).
  3. Connect the memory seat electrical connector. Make sure the lever is all the way back and in the fully released position. Align the connector uniformly and lightly push in until a subtle audible click is heard and slight resistance is felt. Using the lever, pivot it toward the seat connector end, drawing the connector into its mating end. Make sure the locking tab is engaged to the retainer on the lever.
  4. Position the seat track on the SIPS bar and install the 2 seat rear mounting bolts. Align the seat track rear locators into the SIPS. Tighten to 48 Nm (35 lb-ft).
  5. Install the 2 seat-to-floor bolts. Tighten to 48 Nm (35 lb-ft).
  6. Install the 2 seat-to-floor bolt covers.
  7. Position the safety belt anchor (driver seat) or safety belt anchor with BTS (passenger seat) onto the stud and install the nut. Tighten to 35 Nm (26 lb-ft). If passenger seat, connect the BTS electrical connector.
  8. Install the seat cushion side shield cover. Make sure the safety belts and buckles are accessible to the occupants after installation. Verify the safety belt retractor operates without excessive effort or binding.
  9. Repower the SRS. For additional information, refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.

Seat - Exploded View, Front

Note. RH shown, LH similar.

Scheme 136

Scheme 136: Seat - Exploded View, Front
ItemPart NumberDescription
1611A08Head restraint assembly
2611D60Outboard head restraint guide
3611D62Inboard head restraint guide
4611D10Side air bag module
561018Backrest frame
6Tie straps (3 required)
7W520111Side air bag module-to-backrest frame nut (2 required)
8W505265Backrest frame-to-backrest latch bolts (4 required)
956000Lumbar adjuster-to-passenger seat lumbar adjust bracket screws (2 required)
10Passenger seat lumbar adjust bracket
1162614Backrest latch assembly (passenger)
1265500Lumbar adjust assembly
13Lumbar adjust handle screw (passenger)
14610A76Lumbar adjust handle
15Lumbar adjust handle clip (driver)
1664810Backrest foam pad
1714D696Backrest heater mat
1864416Backrest trim cover

Scheme 137

Scheme 137
ItemPart NumberDescription
162900Cushion trim cover
2Cushion heater mat electrical connector
3Cushion foam pad
4N803766Cushion frame-to-seat track nuts (4 required)
560392Cushion frame-to-backrest frame bolts (2 required)
663100Cushion frame
7611B24Small roll pins (2 required)
8620A24Large roll pins (2 required)
962184Side shield
1014D716Power recliner knob (if equipped)
11620A90Manual recliner handle (if equipped)
1214711Seat control switch knob
1314A701Seat control switch
14Seat control switch electrical connector (part of 14A698)
15Side air bag module electrical connector (part of 14A698) (if equipped)
16Driver seat module (if equipped)
17619A74Manual recliner (if equipped)
18Heater mat electrical connector (part of 14A698)
19Rivets (2 required)
20Driver seat module electrical connector (if equipped)
21619A74Power recliner (if equipped)
22Power recliner mounting screws (3 required) (if equipped)
23Fore/aft power seat motor electrical connector (part of 14A698)
24Power recliner motor electrical connector (part of 14A698) (if equipped)
25W520114Safety belt buckle pretensioner nut
26611B09Safety belt buckle pretensioner
27Safety belt buckle pretensioner electrical connector (part of 611B09)
28Seat position sensor electrical connector (part of 14A698)
29Front height power seat motor electrical connector (part of 14A698)
3061700Seat track
31Rear height power seat motor electrical connector (part of 14A698)

Scheme 138

Scheme 138
ItemPart NumberDescription
162900Cushion trim cover
2Cushion heater mat electrical connector
3Cushion foam pad (part of original equipment [OE] 14B422/ part of service kit 603B02)
4Pin-type retainers (part of 14B422)
5Occupant classification sensor (OCS) system pressure sensor electrical connector (part of 14A698)
6OCS (part of OE 14B422/ part of service kit 603B02)
7620A90Manual recline handle (if equipped)
814711Seat control switch knob
914D716Power recliner knob (if equipped)
1062184Side shield
11Seat control switch connector (part of 14A698)
1214A701Seat control switch
13Cushion frame-to-seat track bolt
1460392Cushion-to-lower latch/backrest frame bolt (2 required)
15N803766Cushion frame-to-seat track nuts (4 required)
16631W34/ 631W35Cushion pivot cover (inboard/outboard)
17Screws (4 required)
18611B24Small roll pin (2 required)
1963100Cushion frame
20620A24Large roll pin (2 required)
21Heated seat module electrical connector (part of 14A698) (if equipped)
22Backrest heater mat electrical connector (part of 14A698)
23Occupant classification system module (OCSM) electrical connector (part of 14A698)
2414C724Heated seat module (if equipped)
25Rivet
26OCSM (part of OE 14B422/part of service kit 603B02)
27391950Rivets (2 required)
28619A74Manual recliner (if equipped)
29Power recliner mounting screws (3 required) (if equipped)
30619A74Power recliner (if equipped)
31Belt tension sensor (BTS) electrical connector (part of 14A698)
32Power recliner electrical connector (part of 14A698) (if equipped)
33Power seat track electrical connector (part of 14A698)
34611B08Safety belt buckle pretensioner
35Safety belt buckle pretensioner electrical connector (part of 611B08)
36W520114Safety belt buckle pretensioner nut
3761700Seat track
  1. For additional information, refer to the procedures in this article.

Seat Backrest - Front

Special Tools Illustration Tool Name Tool Number Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) software with appropriate hardware, or equivalent scan tool

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

WARNINGNever probe the electrical connectors on air bag, safety canopy or side air curtain modules. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of these modules, which increases the risk of serious personal injury or death.
WARNINGNever probe the electrical connectors on safety belt buckle/retractor pretensioners or adaptive load limiting retractors. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the safety belt pretensioners or adaptive load limiting retractors, which increases the risk of serious personal injury or death.
WARNINGIf the seat side air bag cover has been damaged or separated from its mounting, or if the air bag material has been exposed, install a new seat side air bag module. Never try to repair the seat side air bag module. Failure to follow these instructions may result in the seat side air bag deploying incorrectly, which increases the risk of serious personal injury or death in a crash.
CAUTIONTo prevent system failure, it is necessary to carry out the occupant classification sensor (OCS) system reset when a front passenger seat cushion is disassembled, a new trim cover installed or an OCS system service kit is installed. A scan tool is used to carry out the OCS system reset command.

Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraint control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.

Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

All seats

Pinpoint Test A

A16 Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
WARNINGAlways carry or place a live air bag module with the air bag and deployment door/trim cover/tear seam pointed away from the body. Do not set a live air bag module down with the deployment door/trim cover/tear seam face down. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment.
WARNINGNever probe the electrical connectors on air bag, safety canopy or side air curtain modules. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of these modules, which increases the risk of serious personal injury or death.
WARNINGIf the seat side air bag cover has been damaged or separated from its mounting, or if the air bag material has been exposed, install a new seat side air bag module. Never try to repair the seat side air bag module. Failure to follow these instructions may result in the seat side air bag deploying incorrectly, which increases the risk of serious personal injury or death in a crash.
WARNINGFront seat backrest trim covers installed on seats equipped with seat side air bags cannot be repaired. A new trim cover must be installed. Cleaning is permissible. Failure to follow these instructions may result in the seat side air bag module deploying incorrectly and increase the risk of serious personal injury or death in a crash.

Note. If a side air bag deployment took place, a new seat back pad, trim cover and side air bag module and nuts must be installed. The seat back frame should be replaced if necessary.

Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.

Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

  1. Depower the SRS. For additional information, refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  2. Remove the head restraint.
  3. If equipped, remove the screw and lumbar adjust handle.
  4. Release the backrest trim cover lower J-clips and hook-and-loop strips.
  5. Place a hand between the backrest trim cover and backrest foam pad and carefully separate the hook-and-loop strips, then carefully roll up the backrest trim cover in an inside out fashion to the first row of hog rings in the front. On passenger seats, pull the backrest latch fold-flat release strap through the backrest trim cover bezel opening.
  6. Remove the first row of hog rings in the front.
  7. Release the hook-and-loop strip, invert the trim cover and remove the second row of hog rings in the front.
  8. Release the J-clips at the back of the backrest trim cover.
  9. Release the side air bag module backrest trim cover chute J-clip from around the side air bag module.
  10. Feed the side air bag module backrest trim cover chute and J-clip retainers out through the side air bag module backrest foam pad opening.
  11. Release the hook-and-loop strips in front, invert the backrest trim cover and remove the hog rings at the back.
  12. Release the tabs and remove the head restraint guide.
  13. Remove the backrest trim cover.
  1. Position the backrest trim cover to the backrest foam pad and backrest frame.
  2. Position the backrest trim cover and install the hog rings. Position the backrest trim cover duon tube above the lumbar support wire hooks. Install the hog rings.
  3. Roll down the backrest trim cover to the side air bag module.
  4. Feed the side air bag module backrest trim cover chute and J-clip retainers back through the side air bag module backrest foam pad opening.
  5. Install the side air bag module backrest trim cover chute and J-clips around the side air bag module and backrest frame. Attach the chute J-clips.
  6. Attach the J-clips at the back of the backrest trim cover.
  7. Attach the hook-and-loop strips, roll the backrest trim cover down and install the second row of hog rings in the front.
  8. Attach the hook-and-loop strips, roll the backrest trim cover down and install the first row of hog rings in the front. If passenger seat, pull the backrest latch fold-flat release strap through the backrest trim cover bezel opening.
  9. Attach the backrest trim cover lower J-clip.
  10. If equipped, install the lumbar adjust handle and screw.
  11. Install the head restraint guides.
  12. Install the head restraint.
  13. Repower the SRS. For additional information, refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.

Seat Cushion Cover - Front

Special Tools Illustration Tool Name Tool Number Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) software with appropriate hardware, or equivalent scan tool

WARNINGNever probe the electrical connectors on safety belt buckle/retractor pretensioners or adaptive load limiting retractors. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the safety belt pretensioners or adaptive load limiting retractors, which increases the risk of serious personal injury or death.
WARNINGInstall a new occupant classification sensor (OCS) system service kit as a complete assembly. Never install only part of the kit components. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect operation of the OCS system and increases the risk of serious personal injury or death in a crash.
CAUTIONTo prevent system failure, it is necessary to carry out the occupant classification sensor (OCS) system reset when a front passenger seat cushion is disassembled, a new trim cover installed or an OCS system service kit is installed. A scan tool is used to carry out the OCS system reset command.
CAUTIONDo not install a new heater mat on a front passenger seat cushion. If a new cushion heater mat is needed on the front passenger seat, an occupant classification sensor (OCS) service kit equipped with a heater mat must be installed. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect operation of the OCS system. Refer to SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM article for the OCS removal and installation procedure.

Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraint control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.

Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

All seats

Pinpoint Test A

A11 Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
WARNINGDo not handle, move or change the original horizontal mounting position of the restraints control module (RCM) while the RCM is connected and the ignition switch is ON. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the safety canopy and cause serious personal injury or death.
WARNINGNever probe the electrical connectors on air bag, safety canopy or side air curtain modules. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of these modules, which increases the risk of serious personal injury or death.

Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraint control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.

Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

  1. Remove the front passenger seat. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-front) .
  2. Remove the heated seat module. Remove the rivet. Tip the heated seat module and slide the retainers out of the cushion frame bracket. Disconnect the electrical connector.
  3. To install, reverse the removal procedure.
  4. Install the front passenger seat. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-front) .
  5. Repower the SRS. For additional information, refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
WARNINGAlways carry or place a live air bag module with the air bag and deployment door/trim cover/tear seam pointed away from the body. Do not set a live air bag module down with the deployment door/trim cover/tear seam face down. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment.
WARNINGNever probe the electrical connectors on air bag, safety canopy or side air curtain modules. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of these modules, which increases the risk of serious personal injury or death.
WARNINGIf the seat side air bag cover has been damaged or separated from its mounting, or if the air bag material has been exposed, install a new seat side air bag module. Never try to repair the seat side air bag module. Failure to follow these instructions may result in the seat side air bag deploying incorrectly, which increases the risk of serious personal injury or death in a crash.
WARNINGFront seat backrest trim covers installed on seats equipped with seat side air bags cannot be repaired. A new trim cover must be installed. Cleaning is permissible. Failure to follow these instructions may result in the seat side air bag module deploying incorrectly and increase the risk of serious personal injury or death in a crash.

Note. If a side air bag deployment took place, a new seat back pad, trim cover and side air bag module and nuts must be installed. The seat back frame should be replaced if necessary.

Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.

Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

  1. Depower the SRS. For additional information, refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  2. Remove the screw and lumbar adjust handle.
  3. Release the backrest trim cover lower J-clips and hook-and-loop strips.
  4. Place a hand between the backrest trim cover and backrest foam pad and carefully separate the hook-and-loop strips, then carefully roll up the backrest trim cover in an inside out fashion to the first row of hog rings in the front. Pull the backrest latch fold-flat release strap through the trim cover bezel opening.
  5. Remove the first row of hog rings in the front.
  6. Release the hook-and-loop strip, invert the backrest trim cover and remove the second row of hog rings in the front.
  7. Release the J-clips at the back of the backrest trim cover.
  8. Release the side air bag module backrest trim cover chute J-clip from around the side air bag module.
  9. Feed the side air bag module backrest trim cover chute and J-clip retainers out through the side air bag module backrest foam pad opening.
  10. Release the hook-and-loop strips in front, invert the backrest trim cover and remove the hog rings at the back.
  11. Remove the hog rings attaching the lumbar basket and backrest foam pad to the backrest frame.
  12. Remove the tie straps at the top and outboard side of the backrest frame.
  13. Remove the 2 screws and separate the lumbar adjuster.
  14. Release the lumbar basket at the bottom and top and remove the assembly.
  1. Attach the lumbar basket to the backrest frame at the bottom and top.
  2. Position the lumbar adjuster and install the 2 screws.
  3. Install the hog rings attaching the lumbar basket (if equipped) or backrest support (if equipped) and backrest foam pad to the backrest frame.
  4. Position the backrest trim cover and install the hog rings. Position the backrest trim cover duon tube above the lumbar support wire hooks. Install the hog rings.
  5. Install the third row of hog rings in front and attach the hook-and-loop strips.
  6. Roll down the backrest trim cover to the side air bag module.
  7. Feed the side air bag module backrest trim cover chute and J-clip retainers back through the side air bag module backrest foam pad opening.
  8. Install the side air bag module backrest trim cover chute and J-clips around the side air bag module and backrest frame. Attach the chute J-clips.
  9. Attach the J-clips at the back of the backrest trim cover.
  10. Attach the hook-and-loop strips, roll the backrest trim cover down and install the second row of hog rings in the front.
  11. Attach the hook-and-loop strips, roll the backrest trim cover down and install the first row of hog rings in the front.
  12. If passenger seat, pull the backrest latch fold-flat release strap through the trim cover bezel opening.
  13. Attach the backrest trim cover lower J-clip.
  14. Install the lumbar adjust handle and screw.
  15. Repower the SRS. For additional information, refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
WARNINGNever probe the electrical connectors on safety belt buckle/retractor pretensioners or adaptive load limiting retractors. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the safety belt pretensioners or adaptive load limiting retractors, which increases the risk of serious personal injury or death.

Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraint control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.

Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

  1. Depower the SRS. For additional information, refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
  2. If equipped, pull out and remove the manual recline handle.
  3. If equipped, remove the seat control switch knob and power recline knob.
  4. Remove the rear screw, pull out on the side and front and separate the side shield.
  5. Release the seat control switch wire harness pin-type retainer and remove the seat control switch from the side shield. Disconnect and remove the seat control switch.
  6. To install, reverse the removal procedure.
  7. Repower the SRS. For additional information, refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.

Seat Recliner - Front

Special Tools Illustration Tool Name Tool Number Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) software with appropriate hardware, or equivalent scan tool

WARNINGNever probe the electrical connectors on safety belt buckle/retractor pretensioners or adaptive load limiting retractors. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the safety belt pretensioners or adaptive load limiting retractors, which increases the risk of serious personal injury or death.
WARNINGNever probe the electrical connectors on air bag, safety canopy or side air curtain modules. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of these modules, which increases the risk of serious personal injury or death.
CAUTIONTo prevent system failure, it is necessary to carry out the occupant classification sensor (OCS) system reset when a front passenger seat cushion is disassembled, a new trim cover installed or an OCS system service kit is installed. A scan tool is used to carry out the OCS system reset command.

Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraint control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.

Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

All seats

Pinpoint Test A

A11 Do not prove out the SRS at this time.

Seat Track - Front

Special Tools Illustration Tool Name Tool Number Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) software with appropriate hardware, or equivalent scan tool

WARNINGNever probe the electrical connectors on safety belt buckle/retractor pretensioners or adaptive load limiting retractors. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the safety belt pretensioners or adaptive load limiting retractors, which increases the risk of serious personal injury or death.
WARNINGInstall a new occupant classification sensor (OCS) system service kit as a complete assembly. Never install only part of the kit components. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect operation of the OCS system and increases the risk of serious personal injury or death in a crash.
WARNINGNever probe the electrical connectors on air bag, safety canopy or side air curtain modules. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of these modules, which increases the risk of serious personal injury or death.
CAUTIONTo prevent system failure, it is necessary to carry out the occupant classification sensor (OCS) system reset when a front passenger seat cushion is disassembled, a new trim cover installed or an OCS system service kit is installed. A scan tool is used to carry out the OCS system reset command.

Note. Occupant classification sensor (OCS) system components (seat cushion foam pad, bladder with pressure sensor and occupant classification system module [OCSM]) are calibrated to each other and are serviced as an assembly. The OCS system components are not to be installed separately. If a new OCS system, OCS system component or seat cushion foam pad are needed, a new OCS system service kit (seat cushion foam pad, bladder with pressure sensor and OCSM) must be installed as an assembly.

Note. To identify between a production OCS system and an OCS system service kit, inspect the OCSM electrical connector. A production OCS system allows the disconnection of the OCSM electrical connector. An OCS system service kit has the OCSM electrical connector glued to the OCSM, it cannot and should not be disconnected or altered.

Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraint control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.

Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

Note. The memory seat track position sensors are integral to the memory seat track motors. The memory seat track motor electrical connectors will connect to a seat track without the memory option. Make sure the correct seat track is being installed.

All seats

Pinpoint Test A

A24 Do not prove out the SRS at this time.

Scheme 139

Scheme 139: REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
ItemPart NumberDescription
1Backrest striker
2W505264Backrest striker-to-package tray bolts (2 required)
340 percent backrest assembly
4W520113Backrest bracket-to-floor stud nut

Scheme 140

Scheme 140
ItemPart NumberDescription
5W520113Backrest bracket-to-floor stud nuts (3 required)
660 percent backrest assembly
7W505264Backrest striker-to-package tray bolts (2 required)
862452Backrest striker

60 percent and 40 percent backrest

  1. Remove the rear seat cushion. For additional information, refer to «Seat Cushion - Rear, Taurus, Sable»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
  2. Remove the 40 percent backrest lower outboard nut. To install, tighten to 48 Nm (35 lb-ft).
  3. Pull the 40 percent backrest release strap, releasing the backrest latch from the striker and pivot the 40 percent seat forward.
  4. Slide the 40 percent backrest out of the 60 percent pivot rod and remove.
  5. Remove the 3 lower nuts from the 60 percent backrest at the 2 backrest mounting brackets. To install, tighten to 48 Nm (35 lb-ft).
  6. Pull the 60 percent backrest release strap, releasing the backrest latch from the striker and pivot the 60 percent seat forward and remove.
  7. To install, reverse the removal procedure. Make sure the safety belts and buckles are accessible to the occupants after installation.

Scheme 141

Scheme 141: REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
ItemPart NumberDescription
166892Backrest bolster
2N804795Bolster nut

Note. LH shown, RH similar.

All bolsters

  1. Remove the rear seat cushion. For additional information, refer to «Seat Cushion - Rear, Taurus, Sable»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
  2. Remove the nut from the lower retainer stud. To install, tighten to 8 Nm (71 lb-in).
  3. Separate the LH rear door weatherstrip at the seat backrest side bolster.
  4. Between the pinch weld and the LH scuff plate, pry out and release the side bolster lower retainer.
  5. Slide the LH side bolster up and out to remove.
  6. To install, reverse the removal procedure. When installing the side bolster, install a M6 x 1.0 nut on the lower retainer stud. Tighten to 8 Nm (71 lb-in).

Scheme 142

Scheme 142: Seat Cushion - Rear, Taurus, Sable
ItemPart NumberDescription
1Cushion assembly
2101C24Cushion floor latches
  1. From under the front of the cushion assembly, push each of the 2 seat cushion floor latch release levers to the left of the vehicle. Lift up at the front and release the front of the cushion assembly.
  2. Push the cushion assembly back as far as possible. Lift up at the rear outboard ends of the cushion assembly, clearing the retainer hooks from the cushion assembly wire, pull the cushion assembly forward and remove it.
  3. To install, reverse the removal procedure. Make sure the safety belt buckles are accessible to the occupants after installation.

Scheme 143

Scheme 143: Seat - Exploded View, Second Row, Taurus, Sable
ItemPart NumberDescription
1611A08Head restraint assembly
266601Backrest trim cover
3610A16Slave head restraint guide
4610A16Master head restraint guide
566800Backrest foam pad
6Armrest assembly
767202Armrest bracket inboard trim cover
8624A94Tether/cable assembly
961383Backrest latch assembly
10W505264Backrest latch-to-backrest frame bolts (2 required)
11W301897Armrest-to-bracket bolt
1267203Armrest bracket outboard trim cover
13Screw

Scheme 144

Scheme 144
ItemPart NumberDescription
1W505264Backrest latch-to-backrest frame bolts
2624A94Tether/cable assembly
361383Backrest latch assembly
4610A16Master head restraint guide
5610A16Slave head restraint guide
6611A08Head restraint assembly
766801Backrest foam pad
866600Backrest trim cover
9Bushing
  1. For additional information, refer to the procedures in this article.
  1. Remove the rear seat cushion. For additional information, refer to «Seat Cushion - Rear, Taurus, Sable»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
  2. Remove the 60 percent rear seat backrest. For additional information, refer to «Seat Backrest - Rear, Taurus, Sable»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
  3. Push in on the head restraint adjust button and remove the head restraint assembly.
  4. Remove the screw and the armrest bracket outboard cover.
  5. Remove the armrest-to-bracket bolt. To install, tighten to 23 Nm (17 lb-ft).
  6. Slide the pin, on the inboard side of the armrest, out of the backrest and remove the armrest.
  7. Fold the armrest pocket panel of the trim cover up and move aside.
  8. Remove the pin-type retainers.
  9. Release the J-clip at the bottom of the backrest trim cover and release the trim cover hook-and-loop strips at the back.
  10. Release the hook-and-loop strips, invert the trim cover and remove the 3 rows of hog rings. Invert the trim cover to the headrest guide sleeves.
  11. Pull the latch release strap through the trim cover.
  12. Lift the backrest foam pad, pinch the head restraint guide together and remove the 2 head restraint guides.
  13. Remove the backrest trim cover.
  14. To install, reverse the removal procedure.
  1. Remove the rear seat cushion. For additional information, refer to «Seat Cushion - Rear, Taurus, Sable»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
  2. Remove the 40 percent rear seat backrest. For additional information, refer to «Seat Backrest - Rear, Taurus, Sable»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
  3. Push in on the head restraint adjust button and remove the head restraint assembly.
  4. Release the J-clip at the bottom of the backrest trim cover and release the trim cover hook-and-loop strips at the back.
  5. Remove the bushing.
  6. Release the hook-and-loop strips, invert the backrest trim cover and remove the 3 rows of hog rings. Invert the trim cover to the head restraint guide.
  7. Pull the latch release strap through the backrest trim cover.
  8. Lift the backrest foam pad, pinch the head restraint guide together and remove the 2 head restraint guides.
  9. Remove the backrest trim cover.
  10. To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Scheme 145

Scheme 145: Seat - Rear, Second Row, Taurus X
ItemPart NumberDescription
160 percent seat assembly
240 percent seat assembly
3Console bracket cover
4W705549Screw (2 required)
5W708175Seat-to-floor bolt (4 required)
6N802068Seat-to-floor nut (4 required)
7W708166Floor stud (4 required)
8W505275Outboard striker-to-floor bolts (4 required)
9613A64LH outboard/RH outboard striker (1 each required)
10W505285Inboard striker-to-floor bolts (4 required)
11613B64LH inboard/RH inboard striker (1 each required)

Note. LH shown, RH similar.

Scheme 146

Scheme 146
ItemPart NumberDescription
1613A64Striker (2 required)
2W505275Striker-to-floor bolts (4 required)
3N802068Seat-to-floor nut (4 required)
4W708166Floor stud (4 required)
5Power-fold seat electrical connector
6W708175Seat-to-floor bolt (4 required)

Scheme 147

Scheme 147
ItemPart NumberDescription
1W705247Manual recline handle screw
2617D34Manual recline handle
367460RH recliner outer cover
4RH recliner outer cover screws (2 required)

Scheme 148

Scheme 148
ItemPart NumberDescription
1W705247Manual recline handle screw
2617D35Manual recline handle
367460LH recliner outer cover
4LH recliner outer cover screws (2 required)

Power-fold seat

  1. Disconnect the power-fold seat electrical connector.
  2. Fold the affected 40 percent or 60 percent seat up to the E-Z entry position. If the 60 percent seat backrest does not fold down, go to Step 5. If the 60 percent seat backrest folds down but will not release from the floor strikers, go to Step 9. If the 40 percent seat cannot be placed in the E-Z entry position: for manually released 40 percent seat, go to Step 14. for electrically released 40 percent seat, refer to «Symptom Chart»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) in Diagnosis and Testing.
  3. Remove the 2 riser/seat track-to-floor pan bolts and 2 riser/seat track-to-floor pan nuts for the 40 percent or 60 percent seat.
  4. Remove the affected seat.
  5. Remove the screw and manual recline handle.
  6. Remove the 2 screws and LH recliner outer cover.
  7. Use a suitable tool and pull the RH recliner release cable while pulling the release strap to fold down the backrest.
  8. If the backrest did not fold down, pull the LH and RH latch release cables to release the seat from the floor. After seat removal, repair the seat as needed or refer to Diagnosis and Testing in this article to diagnose the concern.
  9. Remove the screw and manual recline handle.
  10. Remove the 2 screws and LH recliner outer cover.
  11. Use a suitable tool and pull the LH and RH latch release cables to release the seat from the floor.
  12. If a latch cannot be released, use a suitable drill or hole saw to open access holes in the affected recliner latch cover and remove the 2 latch bolts.
  13. Raise the seat and manually release the latch from the striker. After seat removal, repair the seat as needed or refer to Diagnosis and Testing in this article to diagnose the concern.
  14. Remove the screw and manual recline handle.
  15. Remove the 2 screws and RH recliner outer cover.
  16. Use a suitable tool and pull the LH and RH latch release cables to release the seat from the floor.
  17. If a latch cannot be released, use a suitable drill or hole saw to open access holes in the affected recliner latch cover and remove the 2 latch bolts.
  18. Raise the seat and manually release the latch from the striker. After seat removal, repair the seat as needed or refer to Diagnosis and Testing in this article to diagnose the concern.
  19. Remove the 2 screws and the console bracket cover.
  20. Remove the 2 bolts and the inboard seat striker.
  21. Remove the 2 bolts and the outboard striker.

Outboard seat strikers

  1. Position the outboard seat striker to the floor and install the 2 bolts. Tighten to 48 Nm (35 lb-ft).
  2. Position the inboard seat striker to the floor and install the 2 bolts. Tighten to 80 Nm (59 lb-ft).
  3. Position the console bracket cover and install the 2 screws.
  4. Position the seat in the vehicle and install the retainers in the following sequence. Install the riser/seat track-to-floor pan rear inboard nut. Tighten to 48 Nm (35 lb-ft). Install the riser/seat track-to-floor pan rear outboard nut. Tighten to 48 Nm (35 lb-ft). Install the riser/seat track-to-floor pan front outboard bolt. Tighten to 48 Nm (35 lb-ft). Install the riser/seat track-to-floor pan front inboard bolt. Tighten to 48 Nm (35 lb-ft).
  5. Position the seat in the vehicle and install the retainers in the following sequence. Install the riser/seat track-to-floor pan rear inboard nut. Tighten to 48 Nm (35 lb-ft). Install the riser/seat track-to-floor pan rear outboard nut. Tighten to 48 Nm (35 lb-ft). Install the riser/seat track-to-floor pan front outboard bolt. Tighten to 48 Nm (35 lb-ft). Install the riser/seat track-to-floor pan front inboard bolt. Tighten to 48 Nm (35 lb-ft).
  6. Connect the electrical connector.
  7. Check the seat for correct operation. With the seat in the upright position, both latch feet must lock to the strikers. When releasing the seat to the E-Z entry position, the latches must release freely and not bind to the strikers. Make sure the safety belts and buckles are accessible to the occupants after installation.

Seat - Exploded View, Second Row, Taurus X

Note. Power-fold seat shown, manual 40 percent similar.

Note. LH shown, RH similar.

Scheme 149

Scheme 149: Seat - Exploded View, Second Row, Taurus X
ItemPart NumberDescription
166601Backrest trim cover
2Backrest heater mat (power-fold seat only, if equipped)
366801Backrest foam pad
4W709835Pivot bolt
5611A09Head restraint assembly
6610A16Head restraint guide (2 required)
756910Backrest hard back panel-to-backrest frame screws (4 required)
860508Backrest hard back panel
9W709835Recliner-to-backrest bolts
10613A38Backrest frame

Note. LH shown, RH similar.

Note. Both seat riser and seat track are shown.

Scheme 150

Scheme 150
ItemPart NumberDescription
163804Cushion trim cover
263841Cushion foam pad
361382Recliner
4W709835Recliner-to-backrest bolts (2 required)
5W709835Pivot bolt
661348Inboard pivot cover
767460Inboard recliner cover
8W520112Cushion frame-to-riser/seat track nuts (6 required)
9W705589Pin-type retainer
1061348Outboard pivot cover
1161203Safety belt buckle
12613B44Pivot grommet
1363161Cushion frame
1467460Recliner outer cover
15Safety belt buckle bolt
16617D35Manual recline handle
17W705247Screw
18606A50Riser
19W709835Recliner-to-cushion frame bolts (2 required)
20606A50Seat track
2163389Riser/seat track inboard outer cover
2256910Screws (3 required)
2356910Screws (2 required)
2456910Screws (3 required)
2563387Riser/seat track inboard inner cover
2656910Screws (2 required)
2763386Riser/seat track outboard inner cover
2863388Riser/seat track outboard outer cover

Note. LH shown, RH similar.

Scheme 151

Scheme 151
ItemPart NumberDescription
163805Cushion trim cover
2Heater mat
363841Cushion foam pad
4Pivot bolt
5Outer pivot cover
6Inner pivot cover
763161Cushion frame
8Screw
9Inner recliner cover
10Recliner
11W709835Recliner-to-backrest bolts
12Outer recliner cover
13Pin-type retainer
14Recline handle
15Screw
16W709835Recliner-to-cushion frame bolts
17Safety belt buckle bolt
1861203Safety belt buckle
19Screw, power-fold seat motor (2 required)
20W520112Seat track-to-cushion frame nuts (6 required)
21Outboard latch release cable
22Inboard latch release cable
23Seat track
24Inboard seat track cover rear screw
25Outer inboard seat track cover
26Screw
27Inner inboard seat track cover
28Screw (3 required)
29Screw (3 required)
30Screw
31Outer outboard seat track cover
32Outboard seat track cover rear screw
33Inner outboard seat track cover
34Spring assist strut
35Power-fold seat motor

Scheme 152

Scheme 152
ItemPart NumberDescription
1611A08LH head restraint
2611A08RH head restraint
356910Screws (5 required)
460508Backrest hard back panel
5600A38Safety belt retractor and safety belt buckle assembly
6613A38Backrest frame
7610A16LH inner/RH outer head restraint guide
8610A16LH outer/RH inner head restraint guide
9W504760Inner safety belt guide bolts (2 required)
1066801Backrest foam pad
11613B44Pivot grommet
12W704400Safety belt retractor bolt
1366601Backrest trim cover
14611B90Outer safety belt trim guide

Scheme 153

Scheme 153
ItemPart NumberDescription
163805Cushion trim cover
263841Cushion foam pad
3W705589Pin-type retainer
461348RH recliner cover
5W709835LH recliner-to-backrest bolts (2 required)
660593LH recliner
767460LH recliner inner cover
8W705589Pin-type retainer
956910Screw
10600A38Safety belt buckle and safety belt anchor assembly
11W709835RH recliner-to-backrest bolts (2 required)
12W705274Screw
13617D35Manual recline handle
1467460LH recliner outer cover
15Safety belt buckle and safety belt anchor assembly-to-inboard recliner bolt (part of 600A38)
1660593RH recliner
17W709835LH recliner-to-cushion frame bolts (2 required)
18W709835Cushion frame-to-riser bolt
19W709835RH recliner-to-riser bolts (3 required)
20W520112Cushion frame-to-riser nuts (3 required)
2161349Inboard pivot cover
22605C12APivot bolt
2363161Cushion frame
24613B44Pivot grommet
2560044Safety belt buckle
26Safety belt buckle bolt (part of 60044)
2761349Outboard pivot cover
28605C12BCushion frame yoke-to-RH recliner bolt
29605C12BCushion frame yoke-to-riser bolt
30606A50Riser
3163389Riser LH outer cover
3263388Stationary foot cover
3356910Screws (3 required)
3463387Riser LH inner cover
3556910Screws (2 required)
3656910Screws (2 required)
3756910Screw
3863386Riser RH inner cover
3956910Screws (3 required)
4063388Riser RH outer cover
  1. For additional information, refer to the procedures in this article.

Note. With the seat out of the vehicle and the backrest in the fold-flat position, the inboard latch foot must be in the LATCHED position to pivot the backrest back to the UPRIGHT position.

Note. When installing the backrest, the retaining bolts must be tightened in the sequence shown.

  1. Remove the 60 percent seat from the vehicle. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Rear, Second Row, Taurus X»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
  2. From under the seat, release 3 sets of cushion trim cover J-clips.
  3. From under the seat and at the back, between the cushion foam pad and frame, release the J-clip attached to the seat cushion frame.
  4. From under the seat, release the J-clip at the RH side of the cushion frame.
  5. Pull the cushion trim cover outboard retainer out from between the riser and the cushion frame.
  6. Remove the cushion foam pad and cushion trim cover.
  7. Remove the bolt and separate the safety belt buckle and safety belt anchor assembly from the RH recliner.
  8. Release the 2 backrest trim cover lower J-clips.
  9. Release the 4 backrest trim cover inside J-clips from the hard back panel.
  10. Roll the trim cover up and remove the 2 LH recliner-to-backrest frame bolts.
  11. Pull and remove the outboard pivot cover.
  12. Remove the pivot bolt.
  13. Lift the backrest foam pad and trim cover. Remove the 2 RH recliner-to-backrest frame bolts.
  14. Remove the backrest.
  1. Position the backrest frame to the cushion frame.
  2. Install the backrest frame bolts in the sequence shown. Install the 2 LH recliner-to-backrest frame bolts. Tighten to 50 Nm (37 lb-ft). Install the pivot bolt. Tighten to 23 Nm (17 lb-ft). Install the 2 RH recliner-to-backrest frame bolts. Tighten to 50 Nm (37 lb-ft).
  3. Position and install the outboard pivot cover.
  4. Reposition the backrest trim cover and attach the 4 backrest trim cover inside J-clips to the hard back panel.
  5. Attach the 2 backrest trim cover lower J-clips.
  6. Position the safety belt buckle and the safety belt anchor assembly to the RH recliner and install the bolt. Tighten to 48 Nm (35 lb-ft).
  7. Reposition the cushion foam pad and cushion trim cover to the cushion frame.
  8. Insert the cushion trim cover LH retainer back between the riser and the cushion frame.
  9. From under the seat, attach the cushion trim cover J-clip at the RH side of the cushion frame.
  10. From under the seat and at the back, between the cushion foam pad and frame, attach the cushion trim cover J-clip to the seat cushion frame.
  11. From under the seat, attach 3 sets of cushion trim cover J-clips.
  12. Install the 60 percent seat into the vehicle. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Rear, Second Row, Taurus X»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
  1. With the backrest folded down, release the backrest trim cover lower J-clip.
  2. Release the 2 backrest trim cover inside J-clips from the hard back panel.
  3. Separate and remove the outer pivot cover on the inboard side of the seat.
  4. If equipped, disconnect the heater mat electrical connector.
  5. Remove the pivot bolt. To install, tighten to 23 Nm (17 lb-ft).
  6. Partially invert the backrest trim cover and remove the 2 recliner-to-backrest frame bolts. To install, tighten to 50 Nm (37 lb-ft).
  7. Remove the backrest.
  8. To install, reverse the removal procedure.
  1. With the 60 percent seat in the E-Z entry position, release 3 sets of cushion trim cover J-clips from under the seat.
  2. Pull the cushion trim cover outboard retainer out from between the riser and the cushion frame.
  3. With the 60 percent seat positioned down, lift the cushion foam pad and cushion trim cover up. Remove the safety belt anchor and buckle bolt from the inboard recliner. To install, tighten to 50 Nm (37 lb-ft).
  4. Release the 2 backrest trim cover lower J-clips.
  5. Release the 4 backrest trim cover inside J-clips from the hard back panel.
  6. Remove the LH and RH head restraints.
  7. Squeeze the opening together and remove the outer safety belt trim guide.
  8. Release the hook-and-loop strips, invert the backrest trim cover and remove the 3 rows of hog rings.
  9. Release the hook-and-loop strips and invert the backrest trim cover to the top of the backrest.
  10. Squeeze the tabs in and remove the 4 head restraint guides.
  11. Feed the safety belt through and remove the backrest trim cover.
  12. To install, reverse the removal procedure. Make sure the safety belts and buckles are accessible to the occupants after installation. Verify the safety belt retractor operates without excessive effort or binding.
  1. Remove the head restraint.
  2. With the backrest folded down, release the backrest trim cover lower J-clip.
  3. Separate and remove the outer pivot cover.
  4. Release the 2 backrest trim cover inside J-clips to hard back panel.
  5. If equipped, disconnect the backrest heater mat electrical connector and route through the backrest trim cover.
  6. Release the hook-and-loop strips, invert the backrest trim cover and remove the 3 rows of hog rings.
  7. Release the hook-and-loop strips and invert the backrest trim cover to the top of the backrest.
  8. Lift the backrest foam pad, squeeze the tabs in and remove the 2 head restraint guides.
  9. Remove the backrest trim cover.
  10. To install, reverse the removal procedure.
  1. Fold the 60 percent seat up to the E-Z entry position.
  2. From under the seat, release 3 sets of cushion trim cover J-clips.
  3. From under the seat and at the back, between the cushion foam pad and cushion frame, release the J-clip attached to the seat cushion frame.
  4. From under the seat, release the J-clip at the RH side of the cushion frame.
  5. Pull the cushion trim cover outboard retainer out from between the riser and the cushion frame.
  6. Position the second row 60 percent seat down.
  7. Remove the cushion trim cover from the cushion foam pad.
  8. To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Power-fold seat

  1. Remove the seat. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Rear, Second Row, Taurus X»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
  2. Position the seat forward on the seat track and release the 2 forward trim cover J-clips.
  3. Release the hook-and-loop strips from the bottom side of the cushion trim cover.
  4. Place the seat in the E-Z entry position.
  5. Release the outer and inner J-clips at the rear of the cushion trim cover.
  6. Release the 2 cushion trim cover side retainers and remove from between the cushion frame and seat track. Un-curl the retainer ends and push through the opening between the cushion frame and riser/seat track.
  7. Manually lock the inboard seat-to-floor latch and raise the backrest. For manual-fold seat, lower and lock the seat to the floor.
  8. Invert and remove the cushion trim cover from the cushion foam pad. Route the bottom trim cover flap through the seat track adjust handle. Remove the hog rings. Carefully route the cushion trim cover rear flap from between the backrest and cushion.
  9. To install, reverse the removal procedure. Make sure the child safety seat attaching points are accessible.
  1. Remove the 60 percent seat from the vehicle. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Rear, Second Row, Taurus X»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
  2. Remove the 60 percent rear seat backrest. For additional information, refer to «Seat Backrest - Second Row, 60 Percent, Taurus X»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
  3. Remove the pin-type retainer, screw and the RH recliner cover.
  4. Remove the 3 RH recliner-to-riser bolts. To install, tighten to 50 Nm (37 lb-ft).
  5. Remove the cushion frame yoke-to-RH recliner bolt, detach the cable and remove the RH recliner. To install, tighten to 50 Nm (37 lb-ft).
  6. To install, reverse the removal procedure.
WARNINGUse care when the seat back frame is removed and when releasing the recliners from a backrest upright position. The recliners are spring-loaded, which may cause the recliner upper arms to fold with significant speed/force. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
  1. Release the backrest trim cover lower J-clip on the LH side.
  2. Release the 2 backrest trim cover inside J-clips to hard back panel.
  3. Roll the trim cover up and remove the 2 LH recliner-to-backrest frame bolts. To install, tighten to 50 Nm (37 lb-ft).
  4. Remove 2 screws, pull and remove the riser LH inner cover.
  5. Remove 3 screws and the riser LH outer cover.
  6. Remove the screw and the manual recliner handle.
  7. Remove 2 screws and the LH recliner outer cover. On assembly, make sure the release strap is through the cover opening.
  8. From under the seat, release 3 sets of cushion trim cover J-clips.
  9. From under the seat and at the back, between the cushion foam pad and frame, release the J-clip attached to the seat cushion frame.
  10. Pull the cushion trim cover outboard retainer out from between the riser and the cushion frame.
  11. Remove the pin-type retainer, release the locator pins and remove the LH recliner inner cover.
  12. Remove the 3 cables from the LH recliner.
  13. Remove the 4 bolts and the LH recliner. To install, tighten to 50 Nm (37 lb-ft).
WARNINGUse care when the seat back frame is removed and when releasing the recliners from a backrest upright position. The recliners are spring-loaded, which may cause the recliner upper arms to fold with significant speed/force. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.

Manual seat

  1. With the backrest folded down, release the backrest trim cover lower J-clip.
  2. Release the 2 backrest trim cover inside J-clips to hard back panel.
  3. Roll the backrest trim cover up to access the 2 recliner-to-backrest frame bolts.
  4. Pull the cushion trim cover outboard retainer out from between the riser/seat track and the cushion frame.
  5. Remove 2 screws, pull and remove the riser/seat track LH inner cover.
  6. Remove 3 screws and the riser/seat track LH outer cover.
  7. Remove the screw and the recliner handle.
  8. Remove 2 screws, pull and remove the recliner outer cover. On assembly, make sure the release strap is through the cover opening.
  9. Remove the pin-type retainer, release the locator tabs and remove the recliner inner cover.
  10. Remove the 2 cables from the recliner.
  11. Remove the 4 bolts and the recliner. To install, tighten to 50 Nm (37 lb-ft).
  12. Remove the seat backrest. For additional information, refer to «Seat Backrest - Second Row, 40 Percent, Taurus X»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
  13. Release the outboard cushion trim cover side retainer and remove from between the cushion frame and seat track. Un-curl the retainer ends and push through the opening between the cushion frame and seat track.
  14. Remove the screw and recliner handle.
  15. Remove the outer recliner cover. Remove the recliner cover screw. Release and separate the outer and inner recliner covers. Route the backrest release pull strap through the cover opening.
  16. Release the pin-type retainer and remove the inner recliner cover.
  17. With the recliner in the released (folded) position, detach the 3 cables. Disconnect the power-fold seat motor cable from the recliner. Rotate the cable end guide to release. Disconnect the cable jacket from the cable clamp. Detach the inboard and outboard latch cable jackets from the retainers. Un-hook the inboard and outboard latch cable ends.
  18. Remove the 2 recliner-to-cushion frame bolts and recliner. To install, tighten to 50 Nm (37 lb-ft).
  19. To install, reverse the removal procedure.
  20. Check the seat for correct operation. With the seat in the upright position, both latch feet must lock to the strikers. When releasing the seat to the E-Z entry position, the latches must release freely and not bind to the strikers. Make sure the safety belts and buckles are accessible to the occupants after installation.

All seats

  1. Remove the 40 percent rear seat. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Rear, Second Row, Taurus X»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
  2. Remove the 40 percent rear seat backrest. For additional information, refer to «Seat Backrest - Second Row, 40 Percent, Taurus X»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
  3. Position the seat forward on the seat track and release the 2 forward trim cover side J-clips.
  4. Release the hook-and-loop strips from the bottom side of the cushion trim cover.
  5. Release the outer and inner J-clips at the rear of the cushion trim cover.
  6. Release the 2 cushion trim cover side retainers and remove from between the cushion frame and seat track. Un-curl the retainer ends and push through the opening between the cushion frame and riser/seat track.
  7. Remove the cushion trim cover and cushion foam pad assembly.
  8. Remove the screw and recliner handle.
  9. Remove the outer recliner cover. Remove the recliner cover screw. Release and separate the outer and inner recliner covers. Route the backrest release pull strap through the cover opening.
  10. With the recliner in the released (folded) position, detach the 3 cables. Disconnect the power-fold seat motor cable from the recliner. Rotate the cable end guide to release. Disconnect the cable jacket from the cable clamp. Detach the inboard and outboard latch cable jackets from the retainers. Un-hook the inboard and outboard latch cable ends.
  11. Remove 2 screws, pull and remove the recliner outer cover. Route the backrest release pull strap through the cover opening.
  12. Remove the 2 cables from the recliner and route them out of the seat cushion frame.
  13. Remove the 6 cushion frame-to-seat track nuts and remove the seat track. If equipped, detach the electrical connector from the seat track. To install, tighten to 23 Nm (17 lb-ft).
  14. To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Scheme 154

Scheme 154: Heated Seat Switch - Rear
ItemPart NumberDescription
1Front floor console
2045A36Front floor console rear panel
3Power point electrical connector (part of 14B079)
4LH rear heated seat switch electrical connector (part of 14B079)
5LH rear heated seat switch
6RH rear heated seat switch electrical connector (part of 14B079)
7RH rear heated seat switch
  1. Remove the rear panel from the front floor console. Detach the 6 retainer clips. Disconnect the LH and RH heated seat switch electrical connectors. If equipped, disconnect the power point electrical connector.
  2. Detach and remove the heated seat switch(s).
  3. To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Scheme 155

Scheme 155: Heated Seat Module - Rear
ItemPart NumberDescription
1Front floor console
2Electrical connector
314C724Heated seat module, rear
4Screw
  1. Remove the front floor console. For additional information, refer to «INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONSOLE»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/gauges-instrument-panels/#instrument-panel-and-console) article.
  2. Disconnect the heated seat module electrical connector at the bottom of the front center console.
  3. Remove the screw and un-hook the heated seat module.
  4. To install, reverse the removal procedure.
  5. Install the front floor console. For additional information, refer to «INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONSOLE»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/gauges-instrument-panels/#instrument-panel-and-console) article.
  1. Remove the affected second row seat. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Rear, Second Row, Taurus X»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
  2. Remove the cushion trim cover and cushion foam pad. For additional information, refer to «Seat Cushion Cover - Second Row, 40 Percent, Taurus X»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) . Disconnect the cushion heater mat electrical connector and release the pin-type retainer.
  3. Remove the screw and recliner handle.
  4. Remove the outer recliner trim cover from the outboard side. Remove the screw. Release the retainer tabs and separate the trim covers. Route the pull strap through the hole in the trim cover.
  5. Disconnect the power-fold seat motor cable from the recliner. Disconnect the cable jacket from the cable clamp. Rotate the cable end guide to release.
  6. Remove the 2 screws and detach the power-fold seat motor.
  7. Loosen the 2 recliner-to-cushion frame bolts, route the cable from the cushion frame and remove the power-fold seat motor. To install, tighten to 50 Nm (37 lb-ft).
  8. To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Scheme 156

Scheme 156: REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
ItemPart NumberDescription
1W505285Seat mounting bracket-to-floor bolts (4 required)
2Seat assembly
3N804796Load floor support-to-floor pan nuts (4 required)
4RH cushion floor striker
5Load floor supports (2 required)
6W505264Cushion floor striker-to-floor pan bolts (4 required)
7LH cushion floor striker
  1. Remove the left and right side rear quarter trim panels. For additional information, refer to «INTERIOR TRIM AND ORNAMENTATION»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/exteriorinterior-trim/#interior-trim-and-ornamentation) article.
  2. Remove the 2 load floor supports (1 shown) from the load floor panel(s). Push the load floor support back and lift up on the load floor to disengage.
  3. Remove the 4 bolts and remove the third row seat. To install, tighten to 80 Nm (59 lb-ft).
  4. To install, reverse the removal procedure. Make sure the safety belt buckles are accessible to the occupants after installation.

Scheme 157

Scheme 157: Seat - Exploded View, Third Row
ItemPart NumberDescription
1611A08Head restraint assembly
2610A16Head restraint guide
3610A16Head restraint guide
4Backrest frame
5Pull strap
6Backrest foam pad
766601Backrest trim cover
8Bushing

Scheme 158

Scheme 158
ItemPart NumberDescription
1611A08Head restraint assembly
266601Backrest trim cover
3Backrest foam pad
4610A16Head restraint guides
5610A16Head restraint guides
661018Backrest frame
7Pull strap

Scheme 159

Scheme 159
ItemPart NumberDescription
163805Cushion trim cover
263840Cushion foam pad
3W709835Backrest latch-to-backrest frame bolts (2 required)
4Backrest latch
5Pin-type retainer
661349Backrest latch inboard cover
756910Screw (2 required)
8Safety belt buckle
9Safety belt buckle bolt
10W709835Backrest latch-to-cushion frame bolts (2 required)
11W505266Floor latch bolts (2 required)
12Floor latch assembly
1356910Screw (2 required)
1461348Inboard pivot cover
15Backrest latch outboard cover
1656910Screw
17601L60Pivot release cable
18Bushing
19638A74Floor latch cover
20613B90Pivot tube assembly
2163160Cushion frame
22W709835Cushion frame-to-pivot tube assembly bolts (4 required)
23605C12Pivot bolt
24Outboard pivot cover
25W504694Screw (2 required)
26Load floor panel
2761354Pivot release handle
28463K00Rivets (2 required)

Scheme 160

Scheme 160
ItemPart NumberDescription
163805Cushion trim cover
2Cushion foam pad
3W520114Floor latch bolts (4 required)
461203Floor latch assembly
5W709835Backrest latch-to-backrest frame bolts (4 required)
6W709835Backrest latch-to-cushion frame bolts (4 required)
762184RH backrest latch
8601L60Backrest latch cable
962184LH backrest latch
10RH backrest latch outboard cover
1156910Screw (2 required)
12Floor latch cover (2 required)
1356910Screw (3 required)
14RH backrest latch inboard cover
15Safety belt buckle (2 required)
16Safety belt buckle bolt (2 required)
17LH backrest latch inboard cover
1856910Screw (3 required)
19Pivot release cable
20613B90Pivot tube assembly
21LH backrest latch outboard cover
22Cushion frame
23W709835Cushion frame-to-pivot tube assembly bolt (8 required)
24Load floor panel
2561354Pivot release handle
26W504694Screw (2 required)
27463K00Rivets (2 required)
  1. For additional information, refer to the procedures in this article.
  1. Release the backrest trim cover lower J-strip, open the trim cover and release the inner J-clips.
  2. Remove the head restraint(s).
  3. Release the hook-and-loop strips, invert the backrest trim cover and remove the 3 rows of hog rings.
  4. Remove the head restraint guides. For bench seats, remove 4 head restraint guides. For 50/50 seats, remove 2 head restraint guides.
  5. Remove the backrest trim cover. Pull the strap through the trim cover.
  6. To install, reverse the removal procedure.
  1. Remove the 2 rivets and pull the cushion handle out of the pocket. Using an appropriate tool, from under the rivet head, pry the rivet up. When removing the plastic rivet, make sure not to get under the insert or the rivet will not come out. Another method that can be used to remove the plastic rivets is to drive a screw partially into the rivet head and pull the screw and rivet head out. This will require new plastic rivets be installed.
  2. Separate the pivot release cable and casing and remove the pivot release handle.
  3. Remove the 2 screws on each side at the bottom of the load floor panel.
  4. Pull out to release the retainers and remove the load floor panel. Use a suitable tool (pin-type retainer tool, etc.) to disengage the load floor from the seat.
  5. Remove the screw, release the tab and remove the floor latch cover. For bench seats, remove 2 floor latch covers.
  6. Release the cushion trim cover retainers from the cushion frame and remove the cushion trim cover. On assembly, the lower anchors and tethers for children (LATCH) and child safety seat tether anchor must be accessible through the trim cover.
  7. To install, reverse the removal procedure.
  1. Release the backrest trim cover lower J-strip, open the trim cover and release the inner J-clips.
  2. Roll the backrest trim cover up, remove the 4 backrest latch-to-backrest frame bolts and remove the backrest frame. To install, tighten to 50 Nm (37 lb-ft).
  3. To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Note. LH 50 percent third row seat shown, RH similar.

Note. To remove the RH 50 percent third row seat backrest, the LH seat inboard trim cover must be removed before the RH seat inboard trim cover can be removed.

  1. Remove the LH seat inboard-outer pivot cover.
  2. Release the backrest trim cover lower J-strip, open the trim cover and release the inner J-clips.
  3. Remove the pivot bolt. To install, tighten to 23 Nm (17 lb-ft).
  4. Roll the backrest trim cover up, remove the 2 backrest latch-to-backrest frame bolts and remove the backrest frame. To install, tighten to 50 Nm (37 lb-ft).
  5. To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Special Tools Illustration Tool Name Tool Number Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) software with appropriate hardware, or equivalent scan tool

DISASSEMBLY

Note. RH shown, LH similar.

ItemPart NumberDescription
1611A08Head restraint assembly
2611D60Outboard head restraint guide
3611D62Inboard head restraint guide
4611D10Side air bag module
561018Backrest frame
6Tie straps (3 required)
7W520111Side air bag module-to-backrest frame nut (2 required)
8W505265Backrest frame-to-backrest latch bolts (4 required)
956000Lumbar adjuster-to-passenger seat lumbar adjust bracket screws (2 required)
10Passenger seat lumbar adjust bracket
1162614Backrest latch assembly (passenger)
1265500Lumbar adjust assembly
13Lumbar adjust handle screw (passenger)
14610A76Lumbar adjust handle
15Lumbar adjust handle clip (driver)
1664810Backrest foam pad
1714D696Backrest heater mat
1864416Backrest trim cover
WARNINGAlways carry or place a live air bag module with the air bag and deployment door/trim cover/tear seam pointed away from the body. Do not set a live air bag module down with the deployment door/trim cover/tear seam face down. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment.
WARNINGNever probe the electrical connectors on air bag, safety canopy or side air curtain modules. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of these modules, which increases the risk of serious personal injury or death.
WARNINGIf the seat side air bag cover has been damaged or separated from its mounting, or if the air bag material has been exposed, install a new seat side air bag module. Never try to repair the seat side air bag module. Failure to follow these instructions may result in the seat side air bag deploying incorrectly, which increases the risk of serious personal injury or death in a crash.
WARNINGFront seat backrest trim covers installed on seats equipped with seat side air bags cannot be repaired. A new trim cover must be installed. Cleaning is permissible. Failure to follow these instructions may result in the seat side air bag module deploying incorrectly and increase the risk of serious personal injury or death in a crash.
CAUTIONTo prevent system failure, it is necessary to carry out the occupant classification sensor (OCS) system reset when a front passenger seat cushion is disassembled, a new trim cover installed or an OCS system service kit is installed. A scan tool is used to carry out the OCS system reset command.

Note. If a side air bag deployment took place, a new seat back pad, trim cover and side air bag module and nuts must be installed. The seat back frame should be replaced if necessary.

Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.

Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

All seats

  1. Remove the front seat. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-front) .
  2. Remove the seat backrest. For additional information, refer to «Seat Backrest - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-backrest-front) .
  3. Remove the head restraint.
  4. Remove the screw and the lumbar adjust handle.
  5. Release the backrest trim cover lower J-clips.
  6. Place a hand between the backrest trim cover and backrest foam pad and carefully separate the hook-and-loop strips, then carefully roll up the backrest trim cover in an inside out fashion to the first row of hog rings in the front. On passenger seats, pull the backrest fold-flat release strap through the trim cover bezel opening.
  7. Remove the first row of hog rings.
  8. Release the hook-and-loop strips and carefully roll up the backrest trim cover and remove the second row of hog rings in the front.
  9. Release the J-clips at the back of the backrest trim cover.
  10. Release the side air bag module backrest trim cover chute J-clip from around the side air bag module cover.
  11. Feed the side air bag module backrest trim cover chute and J-clip retainer out through the side air bag module backrest foam pad opening.
  12. Release the hook-and-loop strip, and carefully roll up the backrest trim cover and remove the third row of hog rings in front.
  13. Release the hook-and-loop strips in front, roll the backrest trim cover up and remove the hog rings at the back.
  14. Release the tabs and remove the head restraint guides.
  15. Remove the backrest trim cover.
  16. Remove the hog rings attaching the lumbar basket (if equipped) or backrest support (if equipped) and backrest foam pad to the backrest frame.
  17. Remove the backrest foam pad.
  18. Release the 3 side air bag harness pin-type retainers and remove the nuts and the side air bag module with wire harness.
  19. Remove the tie strap.
  20. Remove the 2 screws and separate the lumbar adjuster.
  21. Release the lumbar basket at the bottom and top and remove the assembly.
  22. Separate the backrest latch cable pin-type retainer at the lower left corner of the backrest frame.
  23. Remove the 4 bolts and remove the backrest latch assembly and cable.

ASSEMBLY

Passenger seat

Pinpoint Test A

A26 Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
ItemPart NumberDescription
162900Cushion trim cover
2Cushion heater mat electrical connector
3Cushion foam pad
4N803766Cushion frame-to-seat track nuts (4 required)
560392Cushion frame-to-backrest frame bolts (2 required)
663100Cushion frame
7611B24Small roll pins (2 required)
8620A24Large roll pins (2 required)
962184Side shield
1014D716Power recliner knob (if equipped)
11620A90Manual recliner handle (if equipped)
1214711Seat control switch knob
1314A701Seat control switch
14Seat control switch electrical connector (part of 14A698)
15Side air bag module electrical connector (part of 14A698) (if equipped)
16Driver seat module (if equipped)
17619A74Manual recliner (if equipped)
18Heater mat electrical connector (part of 14A698)
19Rivets (2 required)
20Driver seat module electrical connector (if equipped)
21619A74Power recliner (if equipped)
22Power recliner mounting screws (3 required) (if equipped)
23Fore/aft power seat motor electrical connector (part of 14A698)
24Power recliner motor electrical connector (part of 14A698) (if equipped)
25W520114Safety belt buckle pretensioner nut
26611B09Safety belt buckle pretensioner
27Safety belt buckle pretensioner electrical connector (part of 611B09)
28Seat position sensor electrical connector (part of 14A698)
29Front height power seat motor electrical connector (part of 14A698)
3061700Seat track
31Rear height power seat motor electrical connector (part of 14A698)
WARNINGNever probe the electrical connectors on safety belt buckle/retractor pretensioners or adaptive load limiting retractors. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the safety belt pretensioners or adaptive load limiting retractors, which increases the risk of serious personal injury or death.
WARNINGNever probe the electrical connectors on air bag, safety canopy or side air curtain modules. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of these modules, which increases the risk of serious personal injury or death.

Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraint control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.

Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

All seats

  1. Remove the front seat. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-front) .
  2. Remove the front seat backrest. For additional information, refer to «Seat Backrest - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-backrest-front) .
  3. Remove the seat track. For additional information, refer to «Seat Track - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-track-front) .
  4. Disconnect the power recliner motor electrical connector.
  5. Drive out the 2 large roll pins.
  6. Remove the 3 bolts and the power recliner assembly. To install, tighten to 10 Nm (89 lb-in).
  7. Drive out the 2 large roll pins and remove the manual recliner.
  8. If equipped, remove the 2 rivets, disconnect the 4 connectors and remove the driver seat module.
  9. Remove the seat wire harness.
  10. Remove the hog rings and the cushion trim cover from the cushion foam pad.
  11. To assemble, reverse the disassembly procedure.
  12. Install the seat. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-front) . If a new seat track has been installed on a driver seat with memory, the seat must be operated in all directions through the full range of travel to avoid a premature stopping point occurrence after the vehicle is returned to the customer.
  13. Repower the SRS. For additional information, refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.

Seat Cushion - Front, Passenger Side

Special Tools Illustration Tool Name Tool Number Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) software with appropriate hardware, or equivalent scan tool

ItemPart NumberDescription
162900Cushion trim cover
2Cushion heater mat electrical connector
3Cushion foam pad (part of original equipment [OE] 14B422/ part of service kit 603B02)
4Pin-type retainers (part of 14B422)
5Occupant classification sensor (OCS) system pressure sensor electrical connector (part of 14A698)
6OCS system (part of OE 14B422/ part of service kit 603B02)
7620A90Manual recline handle (if equipped)
814711Seat control switch knob
914D716Power recliner knob (if equipped)
1062184Side shield
11Seat control switch connector (part of 14A698)
1214A701Seat control switch
13Cushion frame-to-seat track bolt
1460392Cushion-to-lower latch/backrest frame bolt (2 required)
15N803766Cushion frame-to-seat track nuts (4 required)
16631W34/ 631W35Cushion pivot cover (inboard/outboard)
17Screws (4 required)
18611B24Small roll pin (2 required)
1963100Cushion frame
20620A24Large roll pin (2 required)
21Heated seat module electrical connector (part of 14A698) (if equipped)
22Backrest heater mat electrical connector (part of 14A698)
23Occupant classification system module (OCSM) electrical connector (part of 14A698)
2414C724Heated seat module (if equipped)
25Rivet
26OCSM (part of OE 14B422/part of service kit 603B02)
27391950Rivets (2 required)
28619A74Manual recliner (if equipped)
29Power recliner mounting screws (3 required) (if equipped)
30619A74Power recliner (if equipped)
31Belt tension sensor (BTS) electrical connector (part of 14A698)
32Power recliner electrical connector (part of 14A698) (if equipped)
33Power seat track electrical connector (part of 14A698)
34611B08Safety belt buckle pretensioner
35Safety belt buckle pretensioner electrical connector (part of 611B08)
36W520114Safety belt buckle pretensioner nut
3761700Seat track
WARNINGNever probe the electrical connectors on air bag, safety canopy or side air curtain modules. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of these modules, which increases the risk of serious personal injury or death.
WARNINGMake sure the front passenger seat repair is complete, the seat and all attached components (head restraint, seat side shield, etc.) are correctly assembled, and the seat is correctly installed to the vehicle before carrying out the System Reset. Failure to follow these instructions may result in incorrect operation of the occupant classification sensor (OCS) system and increases the risk of serious personal injury or death in a crash.
WARNINGNever probe the electrical connectors on safety belt buckle/retractor pretensioners or adaptive load limiting retractors. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the safety belt pretensioners or adaptive load limiting retractors, which increases the risk of serious personal injury or death.
CAUTIONTo prevent system failure, it is necessary to carry out the occupant classification sensor (OCS) system reset when a front passenger seat cushion is disassembled, a new trim cover installed or an OCS system service kit is installed. A scan tool is used to carry out the OCS system reset command.
CAUTIONDo not install a new heater mat on a front passenger seat cushion. If a new cushion heater mat is needed on the front passenger seat, an occupant classification sensor (OCS) service kit equipped with a heater mat must be installed. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect operation of the OCS system. Refer to SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM article for the OCS removal and installation procedure.

Note. Occupant classification sensor (OCS) system components (seat cushion foam pad, bladder with pressure sensor and occupant classification system module [OCSM]) are calibrated to each other and are serviced as an assembly. The OCS system components are not to be installed separately. If a new OCS system, OCS system component or seat cushion foam pad are needed, a new OCS system service kit (seat cushion foam pad, bladder with pressure sensor and OCSM) must be installed as an assembly.

Note. To identify between a production OCS system and an OCS system service kit, inspect the OCSM electrical connector. A production OCS system allows the disconnection of the OCSM electrical connector. An OCS system service kit has the OCSM electrical connector glued to the OCSM, it cannot and should not be disconnected or altered.

Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraint control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.

Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

Note. The memory seat track position sensors are integral to the memory seat track motors. The memory seat track motor electrical connectors will connect to a seat track without the memory option. Make sure the correct seat track is being installed.

All seats

  1. Remove the front seat. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-front) .
  2. Remove the front seat backrest. For additional information, refer to «Seat Backrest - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-backrest-front) .
  3. Remove the seat track. For additional information, refer to «Seat Track - Front»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-track-front) .
  4. Disconnect the OCS system pressure sensor electrical connector.
  5. Remove the pin-type retainers.
  6. Remove the OCS bladder, hose and OCS system pressure sensor from the seat cushion frame.
  7. Disconnect the OCSM electrical connector.
  8. Disconnect the OCS system service kit electrical connector.
  9. Remove the tie strap retaining the unused pressure sensor electrical connector from the seat wiring harness.
  10. Using a 5 mm (3/16 in) drill, remove the 2 rivets and the OCSM from the seat cushion frame bracket.
  11. Remove the OCS system service kit from the seat cushion frame. Remove any tie straps securing wire harnesses or electrical connectors. Feed the hose, pressure sensor, wire harness, electrical connector and OCSM through the seat cushion frame support assembly.
  12. Remove the rivet, tip the heated seat module and slide the retainers out of the cushion frame bracket, disconnect and remove the heated seat module.
  13. Disconnect the power recliner motor electrical connector.
  14. Drive out the 2 large roll pins.
  15. Remove the 3 bolts and the power recliner motor assembly.
  16. Drive out the 2 large roll pins and remove the manual recliner.
  17. Remove the seat wire harness.
  18. Remove the hog rings and cushion trim cover.

Heated seats

Pinpoint Test A

A19 Do not prove out the SRS at this time.

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

ItemPart NumberDescription
1W505264Backrest latch-to-backrest frame bolts (2 required)
2624A94Tether/cable assembly
361383Backrest latch assembly
4610A16Master head restraint guide
5610A16Slave head restraint guide
6611A08Head restraint assembly
766801Backrest foam pad
866600Backrest trim cover
9Bushing
  1. Remove the rear seat cushion. For additional information, refer to «Seat Cushion - Rear, Taurus, Sable»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
  2. Remove the 40 percent rear seat backrest. For additional information, refer to «Seat Backrest - Rear, Taurus, Sable»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
  3. Push in on the headrest adjust button and remove the headrest.
  4. Release the J-clip at the bottom of the backrest trim cover and release the trim cover hook-and-loop strips at the back.
  5. Remove the pivot grommet.
  6. Release the hook-and-loop strips, invert the trim cover and remove the 3 rows of hog rings. Invert the trim cover to the headrest guide sleeves.
  7. Pull the latch release strap through the trim cover.
  8. Lift the foam pad, pinch the headrest guide sleeves together and remove them.
  9. Remove the trim cover.
  10. Remove the foam pad.
  11. Remove the cable and housing from the latch.
  12. Remove the bolts and the latch. To install, tighten to 23 Nm (17 lb-ft).
  13. Separate the release strap and cable end from the backrest bracket and remove the latch release assembly.
  14. To assemble, reverse the disassembly procedure.
ItemPart NumberDescription
1611A08Head restraint assembly
266601Backrest trim cover
3610A16Slave head restraint guide
4610A16Master head restraint guide
566800Backrest foam pad
6Armrest assembly
767202Armrest bracket inboard trim cover
8624A94Tether/cable assembly
961383Backrest latch assembly
10W505264Backrest latch-to-backrest frame bolts (2 required)
11W301897Armrest-to-bracket bolt
1267203Armrest bracket outboard trim cover
13Screw
  1. Remove the rear seat cushion. For additional information, refer to «Seat Cushion - Rear, Taurus, Sable»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
  2. Remove the 60 percent rear seat backrest. For additional information, refer to «Seat Backrest - Rear, Taurus, Sable»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
  3. Push in on the head restraint adjust button and remove the head restraint assembly.
  4. Remove the screw and the armrest bracket outboard cover.
  5. Remove the armrest bolt and spacer. To install, tighten to 23 Nm (17 lb-ft).
  6. Slide the pin, on the inboard side of the armrest, out of the backrest and remove the armrest.
  7. Remove the armrest bracket inboard cover.
  8. Fold the armrest pocket panel of the trim cover up and to the side.
  9. Remove the pin-type retainers.
  10. Release the J-clip at the bottom of the backrest trim cover and release the trim cover hook-and-loop strips at the back.
  11. Release the hook-and-loop strips, invert the backrest trim cover and remove the 3 rows of hog rings. Invert the backrest trim cover to the head restraint guides.
  12. Pull the backrest latch release strap through the trim cover.
  13. Lift the backrest foam pad, pinch the head restraint guide together and remove the 2 head restraint guides.
  14. Remove the backrest trim cover.
  15. Remove the backrest foam pad.
  16. Remove the cable and housing from the latch.
  17. Remove the bolts and the latch. To install, tighten to 23 Nm (17 lb-ft).
  18. Separate the release strap and cable end from the backrest bracket and remove the latch release assembly.
  19. To assemble, reverse the disassembly procedure.

Seat Cushion - Second Row, Power-Fold

Note. LH shown, RH similar.

ItemPart NumberDescription
163805Cushion trim cover
2Heater mat
363841Cushion foam pad
4Pivot bolt
5Outer pivot cover
6Inner pivot cover
763161Cushion frame
8Screw
9Inner recliner cover
10Recliner
11W709835Recliner-to-backrest bolts
12Outer recliner cover
13Pin-type retainer
14Recline handle
15Screw
16W709835Recliner-to-cushion frame bolts
17Safety belt buckle bolt
1861203Safety belt buckle
19Screw, power-fold seat motor (2 required)
20W520112Seat track-to-cushion frame nuts (6 required)
21Outboard latch release cable
22Inboard latch release cable
23Seat track
24Inboard seat track cover rear screw
25Outer inboard seat track cover
26Screw
27Inner inboard seat track cover
28Screw (3 required)
29Screw (3 required)
30Screw
31Outer outboard seat track cover
32Outboard seat track cover rear screw
33Inner outboard seat track cover
34Spring assist strut
35Power-fold seat motor

Note. With the seat out of the vehicle and the backrest in the fold-flat position, the inboard latch foot must be in the latched position to pivot the backrest back to the upright position.

  1. Remove the seat. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Rear, Second Row, Taurus X»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
  2. Remove the seat backrest. For additional information, refer to «Seat Backrest - Second Row, 40 Percent, Taurus X»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
  3. Remove the seat backrest recliner. For additional information, refer to «Seat Recliner - Second Row, 40 Percent, Taurus X»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
  4. Remove the inner pivot cover.
  5. Remove the safety belt buckle bolt and safety belt buckle. To install, tighten to 37 Nm (17 lb-ft).
  6. Release the hook-and-loop strips from the bottom side of the cushion trim cover.
  7. Release the outer and inner J-clips at the rear of the cushion trim cover.
  8. Position the seat forward on the seat track and release the 2 forward trim cover side J-clips.
  9. Release the 2 cushion trim cover side retainers and remove from between the cushion frame and seat track. Un-curl the retainer ends and push through the opening between the cushion frame and riser/seat track.
  10. Invert and remove the cushion trim cover from the cushion foam pad. Remove the hog rings.
  11. Remove the cushion foam pad. If equipped, disconnect the cushion heater mat electrical connector and release the pin-type retainer. Note the wiring harness routing for installation.
  12. Remove the power-fold seat motor. Remove the 2 power-fold seat motor screws. Disconnect the electrical connector. Detach the release cable from the cushion frame. Note release cable routing for installation.
  13. Remove the 6 seat track-to-cushion frame nuts. To install, tighten to 23 Nm (17 lb-ft).
  14. Detach the electrical connector and remove the seat track. Note the cable routing for installation.
  15. Remove the 2 screws and inner inboard seat track cover.
  16. Remove the 2 screws and inner outboard seat track cover.
  17. Remove the 3 screws and outer inboard seat track cover.
  18. Remove the 3 screws and outer outboard seat track cover.
  19. Release the 2 snap retainers and remove the spring assist strut.
  20. To assemble, reverse the disassembly procedure.

Note. Power-fold seat shown, manual similar.

Note. LH shown, RH similar.

ItemPart NumberDescription
166601Backrest trim cover
2Backrest heater mat (power-fold seat only, if equipped)
366801Backrest foam pad
4W709835Pivot bolt
5611A09Head restraint assembly
6610A16Head restraint guide (2 required)
756910Backrest hard back panel-to-backrest frame screws (4 required)
860508Backrest hard back panel
9W709835Recliner-to-backrest bolts
10613A38Backrest frame
  1. Remove the seat. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Rear, Second Row, Taurus X»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
  2. Remove the seat backrest. For additional information, refer to «Seat Backrest Cover - Rear, 40 Percent, Taurus, Sable»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
  3. Remove the head restraint assembly.
  4. Release the hook-and-loop strips, invert the backrest trim cover and remove the 3 rows of hog rings. If equipped, route the heated seat wire harness through the backrest trim cover.
  5. Release the hook-and-loop strips and invert the backrest trim cover to the top of the backrest.
  6. Remove 4 screws and the backrest hard back panel.
  7. Squeeze the tabs in and remove the 2 head restraint guides.
  8. Remove the backrest trim cover.
  9. Remove the backrest foam pad. If equipped, note heater mat wiring harness routing for installation.
  10. To assemble, reverse the disassembly procedure.
ItemPart NumberDescription
1611A08LH head restraint
2611A08RH head restraint
356910Screws (5 required)
460508Backrest hard back panel
5600A38Safety belt retractor and safety belt buckle assembly
6613A38Backrest frame
7610A16LH inner/RH outer head restraint guide
8610A16LH outer/RH inner head restraint guide
9W504760Inner safety belt guide bolts (2 required)
1066801Backrest foam pad
11613B44Pivot grommet
12W704400Safety belt retractor bolt
1366601Backrest trim cover
14611B90Outer safety belt trim guide
  1. Remove the 60 percent seat from the vehicle. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Rear, Second Row, Taurus X»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
  2. Remove the 60 percent seat backrest. For additional information, refer to «Seat Backrest - Second Row, 60 Percent, Taurus X»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
  3. Remove the LH and RH head restraints.
  4. Squeeze the opening together and remove the outer safety belt trim guide.
  5. Release the hook-and-loop strips, invert the backrest trim cover and remove the 3 rows of hog rings.
  6. Release the hook-and-loop strips and invert the backrest trim cover to the top of the backrest.
  7. Remove 5 screws and the backrest hard back panel.
  8. Squeeze the tabs in and remove the 4 head restraint guides.
  9. Feed the safety belt through and remove the backrest trim cover and backrest foam pad.
  10. Remove 3 bolts and the safety belt retractor and safety belt buckle assembly. When installing the safety belt retractor and safety belt buckle assembly, position the safety belt retractor key through the backrest frame key way. To install, tighten the M10 bolt to 37 Nm (27 lb-ft). When installing the inner safety belt guide, position it into the backrest frame slot. To install, tighten the 2 M8 bolts to 23 Nm (17 lb-ft).
  11. To assemble, reverse the disassembly procedure. Make sure the safety belts and buckles are accessible to the occupants after installation. Verify the safety belt retractor operates without excessive effort or binding.

Note. LH shown, RH similar.

Note. Both seat riser and seat track are shown.

ItemPart NumberDescription
163804Cushion trim cover
263841Cushion foam pad
361382Recliner
4W709835Recliner-to-backrest bolts (2 required)
5W709835Pivot bolt
661348Inboard pivot cover
767460Inboard recliner cover
8W520112Cushion frame-to-riser/seat track nuts (6 required)
9W705589Pin-type retainer
1061348Outboard pivot cover
1161203Safety belt buckle
12613B44Pivot grommet
1363161Cushion frame
1467460Recliner outer cover
15Safety belt buckle bolt
16617D35Manual recline handle
17W705247Screw
18606A50Riser
19W709835Recliner-to-cushion frame bolts (2 required)
20606A50Seat track
2163389Riser/seat track inboard outer cover
2256910Screws (3 required)
2356910Screws (2 required)
2456910Screws (3 required)
2563387Riser/seat track inboard inner cover
2656910Screws (2 required)
2763386Riser/seat track outboard inner cover
2863388Riser/seat track outboard outer cover

Note. LH 40 percent shown, RH similar.

Note. With the seat out of the vehicle and the backrest in the fold-flat position, the inboard latch foot must be in the latched position to pivot the backrest back to the upright position.

  1. Remove the 40 percent rear seat. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Rear, Second Row, Taurus X»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
  2. Remove the 40 percent rear seat backrest. For additional information, refer to «Seat Backrest - Second Row, 40 Percent, Taurus X»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
  3. Release the cushion trim cover J-clip under the seat.
  4. From under the seat and at the back, between the cushion foam pad and cushion frame, release the J-clip attached to the cushion frame.
  5. Pull the cushion trim cover retainers out from between the riser/seat track and the cushion frame.
  6. Remove the cushion foam pan and cushion trim cover.
  7. Remove 2 screws, pull and remove the riser/seat track outboard inner cover.
  8. Remove 3 screws and the riser/seat track outboard outer cover.
  9. Remove the screw and the manual recliner handle.
  10. Remove 2 screws, pull and remove the recliner outer cover. On assembly, make sure the release strap is through the cover opening.
  11. Remove the pin-type retainer, release the locator tabs and remove the recliner inner cover.
  12. Remove the 2 cables from the recliner and route them out of the seat cushion frame.
  13. Remove the 2 bolts and the recliner. To install, tighten to 50 Nm (37 lb-ft).
  14. Remove the 6 cushion frame-to-riser/seat track nuts and remove the riser/seat track. To install, tighten to 23 Nm (17 lb-ft).
  15. Remove the bolt and the safety belt buckle. To install, tighten to 37 Nm (27 lb-ft).
  16. Remove the screw and the inboard pivot cover.
  17. Remove the pivot grommet.
  18. Remove 2 screws, pull and remove the riser inboard inner cover.
  19. Remove 3 screws and the riser inboard outer cover.
  20. Remove the cushion trim cover from the cushion foam pad.
  21. To assemble, reverse the disassembly procedure.
ItemPart NumberDescription
163805Cushion trim cover
263841Cushion foam pad
3W705589Pin-type retainer
461348RH recliner cover
5W709835LH recliner-to-backrest bolts (2 required)
660593LH recliner
767460LH recliner inner cover
8W705589Pin-type retainer
956910Screw
10600A38Safety belt buckle and safety belt anchor assembly
11W709835RH recliner-to-backrest bolts (2 required)
12W705274Screw
13617D35Manual recline handle
1467460LH recliner outer cover
15Safety belt buckle and safety belt anchor assembly-to-inboard recliner bolt (part of 600A38)
1660593RH recliner
17W709835LH recliner-to-cushion frame bolts (2 required)
18W709835Cushion frame-to-riser bolt
19W709835RH recliner-to-riser bolts (3 required)
20W520112Cushion frame-to-riser nuts (3 required)
2161349Inboard pivot cover
22605C12APivot bolt
2363161Cushion frame
24613B44Pivot grommet
2560044Safety belt buckle
26Safety belt buckle bolt (part of 60044)
2761349Outboard pivot cover
28605C12BCushion frame yoke-to-RH recliner bolt
29605C12BCushion frame yoke-to-riser bolt
30606A50Riser
3163389Riser LH outer cover
3263388Stationary foot cover
3356910Screws (3 required)
3463387Riser LH inner cover
3556910Screws (2 required)
3656910Screws (2 required)
3756910Screw
3863386Riser RH inner cover
3956910Screws (3 required)
4063388Riser RH outer cover
  1. Remove the 60 percent rear seat. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Rear, Second Row, Taurus X»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
  2. Remove the rear seat backrest. For additional information, refer to «Seat Backrest - Second Row, 60 Percent, Taurus X»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
  3. Remove 2 screws, pull and remove the riser RH inner cover.
  4. Remove 3 screws and the riser RH outer cover.
  5. Remove 2 screws, pull and remove the riser LH inner cover.
  6. Remove 3 screws and the riser LH outer cover.
  7. Remove the screw and the recliner handle.
  8. Remove 2 screws and the LH recliner outer cover. On assembly, make sure the release strap is through the cover opening.
  9. Remove the pin-type retainer, release the locator pins and remove the LH recliner inner cover.
  10. Remove the 3 cables from the LH recliner and route them out of the seat cushion frame.
  11. Remove the 2 bolts and the LH recliner. To install, tighten to 50 Nm (37 lb-ft).
  12. Remove the 3 outboard cushion frame-to-riser nuts. To install, tighten to 23 Nm (17 lb-ft).
  13. Remove the cushion frame-to-riser bolt in front of the RH recliner. To install, tighten to 50 Nm (37 lb-ft).
  14. Remove the cushion frame yoke-to-riser bolt. To install, tighten to 50 Nm (37 lb-ft).
  15. Remove the 3 RH recliner-to-riser bolts and separate the cushion frame from the riser. To install, tighten to 50 Nm (37 lb-ft).
  16. Remove the 2 bolts, route out the cable and remove the LH latch foot. To install, tighten to 50 Nm (37 lb-ft).
  17. Remove the 2 bolts, route out the cable and remove the RH latch foot. To install, tighten to 50 Nm (37 lb-ft).
  18. Remove the bolt and the safety belt buckle. To install, tighten to 37 Nm (27 lb-ft).
  19. Remove the screw and the inner pivot cover.
  20. Remove the pivot grommet.
  21. Remove the screw and the stationary foot cover.
  22. Remove the pin-type retainer, screw and the RH recliner cover.
  23. Remove the cushion frame yoke-to-RH recliner bolt, route out the cable and remove the RH recliner. To install, tighten to 50 Nm (37 lb-ft).
  24. Remove the cushion trim cover from the cushion foam pad.
  25. To assemble, reverse the disassembly procedure.
ItemPart NumberDescription
1611A08Head restraint assembly
2610A16Head restraint guide
3610A16Head restraint guide
4Backrest frame
5Pull strap
6Backrest foam pad
766601Backrest trim cover
8Bushing
ItemPart NumberDescription
1611A08Head restraint assembly
266601Backrest trim cover
3Backrest foam pad
4610A16Head restraint guide
5610A16Head restraint guide
661018Backrest frame
7Pull strap
  1. Remove the affected third row backrest. For additional information, refer to «Seat Backrest - Third Row, Bench»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) or «Seat Backrest - Third Row, 50 Percent»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
  2. Remove the head restraint(s).
  3. Release the hook-and-loop strips, invert the trim cover and remove the hog rings.
  4. Remove the head restraint guides. For bench seats, remove 4 head restraint guides. For 50/50 seats, remove 2 head restraint guides.
  5. Remove the backrest trim cover. Pull the strap through the trim cover.
  6. Remove the backrest foam pad.
  7. For 50 percent backrest, remove the bushing.
  8. To assemble, reverse the disassembly procedure.
ItemPart NumberDescription
163805Cushion trim cover
2Cushion foam pad
3W520114Floor latch bolts (4 required)
461203Floor latch assembly
5W709835Backrest latch-to-backrest frame bolts (4 required)
6W709835Backrest latch-to-cushion frame bolts (4 required)
762184RH backrest latch
8601L60Backrest latch cable
962184LH backrest latch
10RH backrest latch outboard cover
1156910Screw (2 required)
12Floor latch cover (2 required)
1356910Screw (3 required)
14RH backrest latch inboard cover
15Safety belt buckle (2 required)
16Safety belt buckle bolt (2 required)
17LH backrest latch inboard cover
1856910Screw (3 required)
19Pivot release cable
20613B90Pivot tube assembly
21LH backrest latch outboard cover
22Cushion frame
23W709835Cushion frame-to-pivot tube assembly bolt (8 required)
24Load floor panel
2561354Pivot release handle
26W504694Screw (2 required)
27463K00Rivets (2 required)
  1. Remove the third row bench seat. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Third Row»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
  2. Remove the third row bench backrest. For additional information, refer to «Seat Backrest - Third Row, Bench»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
  3. Pull to release and remove the LH backrest latch outboard cover. Pull the release strap through the trim cover.
  4. Remove the 3 screws and remove the LH backrest latch inboard cover. Pull the release strap through the trim cover.
  5. Pull to release and remove the RH backrest latch outboard cover.
  6. Remove the 3 screws and remove the RH backrest latch inboard cover.
  7. Remove the 2 rivets and pull the cushion handle out of the pocket. Using an appropriate tool, from under the rivet head, pry the rivet up. When removing the plastic rivet, make sure not to get under the insert or the rivet will not come out. Another method that can be used to remove the plastic rivets is to drive a screw partially into the rivet head and pull the screw and rivet head out. This will require new plastic rivets be installed.
  8. Separate the pivot release cable and casing and remove the pivot release handle.
  9. Remove the 2 screws on each side at the bottom of the load floor panel.
  10. Pull out to release the retainers and remove the load floor panel.
  11. Remove the screw, release the tab and remove the LH floor latch cover.
  12. Remove the screw, release the tab and remove the RH floor latch cover.
  13. Release the cushion trim cover retainers from the cushion frame and remove the trim cover and foam pad. On assembly, the lower anchors and tethers for children (LATCH) and child safety seat tether anchor must be accessible through the trim cover.
  14. Separate the floor latch cable from the LH backrest latch.
  15. Separate the cable, remove 2 bolts and the LH backrest latch. To install, tighten to 50 Nm (37 lb-ft).
  16. Remove 2 bolts, route the cable out of the cushion frame and remove the RH backrest latch. To install, tighten to 50 Nm (37 lb-ft).
  17. Remove the 2 bolts from the LH floor latch. To install, tighten to 23 Nm (17 lb-ft).
  18. Remove the 2 bolts from the RH floor latch and remove the floor latch assembly. To install, tighten to 23 Nm (17 lb-ft).
  19. Separate the pivot release cable and casing from the pivot tube release lever and bracket. Remove the pivot release cable.
  20. Remove the 8 bolts and cushion frame. To install, tighten to 50 Nm (37 lb-ft).
  21. Remove the bolt and LH safety belt buckle. To install, tighten to 37 Nm (27 lb-ft).
  22. Remove the bolt and RH safety belt buckle. To install, tighten to 37 Nm (27 lb-ft).
  23. To assemble, reverse the disassembly procedure.
ItemPart NumberDescription
163805Cushion trim cover
263840Cushion foam pad
3W709835Backrest latch-to-backrest frame bolts (2 required)
4Backrest latch
5Pin-type retainer
661349Backrest latch inboard cover
756910Screw (2 required)
8Safety belt buckle
9Safety belt buckle bolt
10W709835Backrest latch-to-cushion frame bolts (2 required)
11W505266Floor latch bolts (2 required)
12Floor latch assembly
1356910Screw (2 required)
1461348Inboard pivot cover
15Backrest latch outboard cover
1656910Screw
17601L60Pivot release cable
18Bushing
19638A74Floor latch cover
20613B90Pivot tube assembly
2163160Cushion frame
22W709835Cushion frame-to-pivot tube assembly bolts (4 required)
23605C12Pivot bolt
24Outboard pivot cover
25W504694Screw (2 required)
26Load floor panel
2761354Pivot release handle
28463K00Rivets (2 required)

Note. LH 50 percent shown, RH similar.

  1. Remove the third row 50/50 seat. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Third Row»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
  2. Remove the third row 50/50 backrest. For additional information, refer to «Seat Backrest - Third Row, 50 Percent»(/ford/taurus-x/i-2007-2009/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
  3. Pull to release and remove the backrest latch outer cover. Pull the release strap through the recliner outer cover.
  4. Remove the 2 rivets and pull the pivot release handle out of the pocket. Using an appropriate tool, from under the rivet head, pry the rivet up. When removing the rivet, make sure not to get under the insert or the rivet will not come out. Another method that can be used to remove the plastic rivets is to drive a screw partially into the rivet head and pull the screw and rivet head out. This will require new plastic rivets be installed.
  5. Separate the pivot release cable and casing and remove the pivot release handle.
  6. Remove the 2 screws on each side at the bottom of the load floor panel.
  7. Pull out to release the retainers and remove the load floor panel.
  8. Remove the screw, release the tab and remove the floor latch cover.
  9. Release the cushion trim cover retainers from the 50 percent cushion frame, and remove the cushion trim cover and cushion foam pad. On assembly, the lower anchors and tethers for children (LATCH) and child safety seat tether anchor must be accessible through the cushion trim cover.
  10. Remove the 2 screws, pin-type retainer and the inboard pivot cover.
  11. Remove the bushing.
  12. Remove the 2 screws and remove the backrest latch inboard cover. Pull the release strap through the trim cover.
  13. Separate the floor latch cable from the backrest latch, remove 2 bolts and the floor latch assembly. To install, tighten to 23 Nm (17 lb-ft).
  14. Remove 2 backrest latch-to-cushion frame bolts and the backrest latch. To install, tighten to 50 Nm (37 lb-ft).
  15. Separate the pivot release cable and casing from the cushion pivot release lever and bracket. Remove the pivot release cable.
  16. Remove 4 cushion frame-to-pivot tube assembly bolts and the cushion frame. To install, tighten to 50 Nm (37 lb-ft).
  17. Remove the bolt and the safety belt buckle. To install, tighten to 37 Nm (27 lb-ft).
  18. To assemble, reverse the disassembly procedure.

See also:
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
MODULE CONFIGURATION
MODULE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK
REAR VIEW MIRRORS
BRAKE SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION
HANDLES, LOCKS, LATCHES AND ENTRY SYSTEMS
MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES
CLIMATE CONTROL
BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES
STEERING COLUMN SWITCHES
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE/TRANSMISSION - 6F50
INTERIOR LIGHTING
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC), MESSAGE CENTER, AND WARNING CHIMES
BODY REPAIRS
INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONSOLE
INTERIOR TRIM AND ORNAMENTATION
Memory Position Programming
Driver Seat Module (DSM) DTC Table
Pinpoint Test L
Pinpoint Test K
Pinpoint Test A
Pinpoint Test B
Pinpoint Test C
Pinpoint Test D
Pinpoint Test E
Pinpoint Test F
Pinpoint Test G
Pinpoint Test H
Pinpoint Test I
Pinpoint Test J
Pinpoint Test M
Pinpoint Test N
Pinpoint Test O
Pinpoint Test P
Pinpoint Test Q
Pinpoint Test R
Pinpoint Test S
Pinpoint Test T
Pinpoint Test U
Pinpoint Test V
Pinpoint Test W
Pinpoint Test X
Pinpoint Test Y
Pinpoint Test Z
Pinpoint Test AA
Pinpoint Test AB
Pinpoint Test AC
Pinpoint Test AD
Inspection and Verification
Seat Track - Front
Seat Recliner - Front
Seat - Front
Seat Cushion Cover - Front
Seat Backrest - Front